具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将参考附图详细说明本发明的实施例。Embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
(1)第一实施例(1) The first embodiment
(1-1)音乐相关服务提供系统的系统配置(1-1) System configuration of music-related service provision system
参见图1，附图标记1表示整个音乐相关服务提供系统。音乐相关服务提供系统1包括：客户机终端2，其用户已与经营音乐相关服务提供系统1的公司签订合同；门户服务器3，它控制客户机终端2；和多个服务器SV1-SV5，所述多个服务器SV1-SV5向客户机终端2提供与音乐相关的各种服务。Referring to FIG. 1,reference numeral 1 denotes an entire music-related service providing system. The music-relatedservice providing system 1 includes: aclient terminal 2, the user of which has signed a contract with a company operating the music-relatedservice providing system 1; aportal server 3, which controls theclient terminal 2; and a plurality of servers SV1-SV5, the The plurality of servers SV1-SV5 provide theclient terminal 2 with various services related to music.
在本实施例中，音乐数据传送服务器SV1提供向客户机终端2分发音乐数据的音乐数据分发服务。音乐数据已被转换成诸如ATRAC3(自适应变换声编码3)、AAC(高级音频编码)、WMA(Windows(注册商标)媒体音频)、Real-AUDIO G2 Music Codec、MP3(MPEG音频层-3)之类的格式。In the present embodiment, the music data delivery server SV1 provides a music data distribution service of distributing music data to theclient terminal 2 . Music data has been converted into formats such as ATRAC3 (Adaptive Transform Acoustic Coding 3), AAC (Advanced Audio Coding), WMA (Windows (registered trademark) Media Audio), Real-AUDIO G2 Music Codec, MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer-3) format like this.
产品销售服务器SV2提供通过客户机终端2向用户销售CD(只读光盘)、DVD(数字通用光盘)等的销售服务。The product sales server SV2 provides a sales service of selling CD (Compact Disc Read Only), DVD (Digital Versatile Disc), etc. to users through theclient terminal 2 .
无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3提供向客户机终端2分发与无线电台广播的音乐和无线电节目相关的无线电广播信息的无线电广播信息分发服务。The radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 provides a radio broadcast information distribution service of distributing radio broadcast information related to music and radio programs broadcast by radio stations to theclient terminal 2 .
因特网无线电服务器SV4提供因特网无线电广播服务。在因特网无线电广播服务中，因特网无线电服务器SV4通过网络NT把流式格式的无线电广播数据提供给客户机终端2。在这种情况下，网络NT相当于因特网。The Internet radio server SV4 provides Internet radio broadcasting services. In the Internet radio broadcasting service, the Internet radio server SV4 provides theclient terminal 2 with the radio broadcasting data in streaming format through the network NT. In this case, the network NT is equivalent to the Internet.
收费服务器SV5响应来自门户服务器3等的请求，执行向用户收取各种费用的收费处理。The charging server SV5 executes charging processing for charging various fees to the user in response to a request from theportal server 3 or the like.
(1-2)客户机终端2的结构(1-2) Configuration ofclient terminal 2
(1-2-1)客户机终端2的功能电路块结构(1-2-1) Functional circuit block structure of theclient terminal 2
下面利用功能电路块说明客户机终端2的硬件结构。如图2中所示，客户机终端2具有包括各种按钮的操作输入部分20。操作输入部分20被布置在客户机终端2或遥控器(未示出)的外壳上。如果用户操纵操作输入部分20，那么操作输入部分20检测该操作，随后把和所述操作对应的操作输入信号提供给输入处理部分21。Next, the hardware configuration of theclient terminal 2 will be described using functional circuit blocks. As shown in FIG. 2, theclient terminal 2 has anoperation input section 20 including various buttons. Theoperation input section 20 is arranged on a casing of theclient terminal 2 or a remote controller (not shown). If the user manipulates theoperation input section 20 , theoperation input section 20 detects the operation, and then supplies an operation input signal corresponding to the operation to theinput processing section 21 .
输入处理部分21把来自操作输入部分20的操作输入信号变换成具体的操作命令，随后通过总线22把操作命令传送给控制部分23。Theinput processing section 21 converts the operation input signal from theoperation input section 20 into a specific operation command, and then transmits the operation command to thecontrol section 23 through thebus 22 .
控制部分23通过总线22与每个电路连接。控制部分23根据所述操作命令和从电路供给的控制信号，控制每个电路的操作。Thecontrol section 23 is connected with each circuit through thebus 22 . Thecontrol section 23 controls the operation of each circuit based on the operation command and the control signal supplied from the circuit.
显示控制部分24通过总线22接收视频数据，随后对视频数据执行数-模转换，从而产生模拟视频信号。显示控制部分24随后把模拟视频信号提供给显示部分25。Thedisplay control section 24 receives video data through thebus 22, and then performs digital-to-analog conversion on the video data, thereby generating an analog video signal. Thedisplay control section 24 then supplies the analog video signal to thedisplay section 25 .
显示部分25可被直接布置在所述外壳上，或者布置在所述外壳外面，显示部分25是例如显示器，比如液晶显示器。Adisplay portion 25, which is, for example, a display such as a liquid crystal display, may be arranged directly on the housing or outside the housing.
显示部分25接收来自显示控制部分24的模拟视频信号，随后根据模拟视频信号显示图像。模拟视频信号包括控制部分23的处理结果或者各种视频数据。Thedisplay section 25 receives the analog video signal from thedisplay control section 24, and then displays an image according to the analog video signal. The analog video signal includes processing results of thecontrol section 23 or various video data.
音频控制部分26通过总线22接收音频数据，随后对音频数据执行数-模转换，从而产生模拟音频信号。音频控制部分26随后把模拟音频信号传送给扬声器27，扬声器27随后根据从音频控制部分26供给的模拟音频信号输出音频。Theaudio control section 26 receives audio data through thebus 22, and then performs digital-to-analog conversion on the audio data, thereby generating an analog audio signal. Theaudio control section 26 then transmits the analog audio signal to thespeaker 27 , and thespeaker 27 then outputs audio in accordance with the analog audio signal supplied from theaudio control section 26 .
外部存储介质，比如CD和“记忆棒”(SONY公司的注册商标)保存内容数据。“记忆棒”(SONY公司的注册商标)包括覆盖有外壳的闪速存储器。外部记录介质记录和再现部分28从外部存储介质读出内容数据，随后重放所述内容数据。另一方面，外部记录介质记录和再现部分28把将要记录的内容数据记录在外部存储介质上。External storage media such as CD and "Memory Stick" (registered trademark of SONY Corporation) store content data. "Memory Stick" (registered trademark of SONY Corporation) includes a flash memory covered with a casing. The external recording medium recording and reproducingsection 28 reads out the content data from the external storage medium, and then plays back the content data. On the other hand, the external recording medium recording and reproducingsection 28 records content data to be recorded on the external storage medium.
当外部记录介质记录和再现部分28从外部存储介质获得诸如视频数据之类的内容数据时，外部记录介质记录和再现部分28随后通过总线22把视频数据传送给显示控制部分24。When the external recording medium recording and reproducingsection 28 obtains content data such as video data from the external storage medium, the external recording medium recording and reproducingsection 28 then transfers the video data to thedisplay control section 24 via thebus 22 .
显示控制部分24把外部记录介质记录和再现部分28从外部存储介质作为内容数据读出的视频数据变换成模拟视频信号，随后把模拟视频信号传输给显示部分25。Thedisplay control section 24 converts video data read out from the external storage medium by the external recording medium recording and reproducingsection 28 as content data into an analog video signal, and then transmits the analog video signal to thedisplay section 25 .
当外部记录介质记录和再现部分28从外部存储部分获得诸如音频数据之类的内容数据时，外部记录介质记录和再现部分28随后通过总线22把音频数据传送给音频控制部分26。When the external recording medium recording and reproducingsection 28 acquires content data such as audio data from the external storage section, the external recording medium recording and reproducingsection 28 then transfers the audio data to theaudio control section 26 via thebus 22 .
音频控制部分26把外部记录介质记录和再现部分28从外部存储介质作为内容数据读出的音频数据变换成模拟音频信号，随后把模拟音频信号传输给扬声器27。Theaudio control section 26 converts the audio data read out by the external recording medium recording and reproducingsection 28 from the external storage medium as content data into an analog audio signal, and then transmits the analog audio signal to thespeaker 27 .
控制部分23通过总线22把外部记录介质记录和再现部分28从外部存储介质读取的内容数据提供给客户机终端2中的存储介质29，从而把内容数据保存在存储介质29中(如上所述把内容数据保存在存储介质29中被称为剥离(ripping))。Thecontrol section 23 supplies the content data read from the external storage medium by the external recording medium recording and reproducingsection 28 to thestorage medium 29 in theclient terminal 2 via thebus 22, thereby saving the content data in the storage medium 29 (as described above). Saving content data in thestorage medium 29 is called ripping).
当控制部分23从存储介质29获得诸如视频数据之类的内容数据时，控制部分23随后通过总线22把视频数据提供给显示控制部分24。例如，视频数据相当于图像数据。When thecontrol section 23 acquires content data such as video data from thestorage medium 29 , thecontrol section 23 then supplies the video data to thedisplay control section 24 through thebus 22 . For example, video data corresponds to image data.
当控制部分23从存储介质29获得诸如音频数据之类的内容数据时，控制部分23随后通过总线22把音频数据提供给音频控制部分26。When thecontrol section 23 obtains content data such as audio data from thestorage medium 29 , thecontrol section 23 then supplies the audio data to theaudio control section 26 through thebus 22 .
控制部分23还从存储介质29读取音乐数据，随后把音频数据提供给外部记录介质记录和再现部分28，从而把音频数据记录在外部存储介质上。Thecontrol section 23 also reads music data from thestorage medium 29, and then supplies the audio data to the external recording medium recording and reproducingsection 28, thereby recording the audio data on the external storage medium.
广播信号接收部分30从每个广播电台接收无线电波，随后把无线电波传送给调谐器部分31。The broadcastsignal receiving section 30 receives radio waves from each broadcast station, and then transmits the radio waves to thetuner section 31 .
在用户操纵操作输入部分20指定某一无线电台的情况下，在控制部分23的控制下的调谐器部分31从广播信号接收部分30接收的无线电波中提取与指定的电台对应的频率的无线电广播信号。调谐器部分31随后执行规定的接收处理，从而产生音频数据，随后通过总线22把音频数据提供给音频控制部分26。In the case where the user designates a certain radio station by manipulating theoperation input part 20, thetuner part 31 under the control of thecontrol part 23 extracts a radio broadcast of a frequency corresponding to the designated station from radio waves received by the broadcastsignal receiving part 30. Signal. Thetuner section 31 then performs prescribed reception processing, thereby generating audio data, which is then supplied to theaudio control section 26 via thebus 22 .
音频控制部分26从调谐器部分31接收音频数据，随后把音频数据变换成模拟音频信号。音频控制部分26随后把模拟音频信号传送给扬声器27，扬声器27随后输出从无线电台广播的无线电节目的音频。从而，用户能够收听无线电节目的音频。Theaudio control section 26 receives audio data from thetuner section 31, and then converts the audio data into an analog audio signal. Theaudio control section 26 then sends the analog audio signal to thespeaker 27, which then outputs the audio of the radio program broadcast from the radio station. Thus, the user can listen to the audio of the radio program.
控制部分23把音频数据从调谐器部分31提供给存储介质29，存储介质29随后保存音频数据。这样，控制部分23能够记录无线电节目的音频。Thecontrol section 23 supplies the audio data from thetuner section 31 to thestorage medium 29, which then stores the audio data. In this way, thecontrol section 23 can record the audio of the radio program.
控制部分23还通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33与网络NT连接。于是，控制部分23能够访问网络NT上的门户服务器3和其它服务器SV1-SV5。控制部分23与门户服务器3和其它服务器SV1-SV5交换各种信息和数据。Thecontrol section 23 is also connected to the network NT through acommunication control section 32 and anetwork interface 33 . Thus, thecontrol section 23 can access theportal server 3 and other servers SV1-SV5 on the network NT. Thecontrol section 23 exchanges various information and data with theportal server 3 and other servers SV1-SV5.
编码器/解码器部分34译解压缩的编码内容数据，随后把压缩的编码内容数据传送给显示控制部分24或者音频控制部分26。例如，通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32从网络NT获得压缩的编码内容数据。另一方面，压缩的编码内容数据从存储介质29或外部存储介质获得。The encoder/decoder section 34 decompresses the decompressed encoded content data, and then transmits the compressed encoded content data to thedisplay control section 24 or theaudio control section 26 . For example, the compressed encoded content data is obtained from the network NT through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32 . On the other hand, the compressed encoded content data is obtained from thestorage medium 29 or an external storage medium.
编码器/解码器部分34执行压缩编码处理，从而产生压缩的编码内容数据，随后把压缩的编码内容数据传送给存储介质29。在这种情况下，来自外部存储介质的既未被压缩又未被编码的内容数据、来自调谐器部分31的音频数据等被编码器/解码器部分34压缩和编码。The encoder/decoder section 34 performs compression encoding processing, thereby generating compressed encoded content data, and then transmits the compressed encoded content data to thestorage medium 29 . In this case, neither compressed nor encoded content data from the external storage medium, audio data from thetuner section 31 , etc. are compressed and encoded by the encoder/decoder section 34 .
因此，在控制部分23的控制下，由编码器/解码器部分34压缩和编码的内容数据被保存在存储介质29中。Therefore, the content data compressed and encoded by the encoder/decoder section 34 is saved in thestorage medium 29 under the control of thecontrol section 23 .
版权管理部分35产生与通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32从网络NT下载的内容数据有关的版权管理信息。版权管理部分35还产生有关由外部记录介质记录和再现部分28从外部存储介质读取的内容数据的版权管理信息。Thecopyright management section 35 generates copyright management information related to content data downloaded from the network NT via thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32 . Thecopyright management section 35 also generates copyright management information on content data read from the external storage medium by the external recording medium recording andreproduction section 28 .
版权管理部分35产生的版权管理信息与对应的内容数据相关联，随后在控制部分23的控制下被保存在存储介质29中。The copyright management information generated by thecopyright management section 35 is associated with the corresponding content data, and then saved in thestorage medium 29 under the control of thecontrol section 23 .
当执行存储介质29和特定的外部存储介质之间的内容数据的签出(check-out)处理时，或者当执行存储介质29和特定的外部存储介质之间的内容数据的签入(check-in)处理时，版权管理部分35适当地更新与内容数据相关的版权管理信息。这样，版权管理部分35保护内容数据的版权。When performing check-out processing of content data between thestorage medium 29 and a specific external storage medium, or when performing check-in (check-out) processing of content data between thestorage medium 29 and a specific external storage medium in) processing, thecopyright management section 35 appropriately updates the copyright management information related to the content data. In this way, thecopyright management section 35 protects the copyright of the content data.
页信息产生部分36解释页信息，从而产生将在显示部分25上显示的视频数据，页信息包括通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32从网络NT获得的XML(可扩展标记语言)文件或HTML(超文本标记语言)文件。页信息产生部分36随后把视频数据提供给显示控制部分24。The pageinformation generation section 36 interprets the page information, which includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file or HTML ( Hypertext Markup Language) files. The pageinformation generation section 36 then supplies the video data to thedisplay control section 24 .
验证处理部分37通过网络接口33与网络NT上的门户服务器3和其它服务器SV1-SV4连接。验证处理部分37执行验证处理，例如通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把验证信息传送给门户服务器3和其它服务器SV1-SV4。Theauthentication processing section 37 is connected with theportal server 3 and other servers SV1-SV4 on the network NT through thenetwork interface 33. Theauthentication processing section 37 performs authentication processing, such as transmitting authentication information to theportal server 3 and other servers SV1-SV4 through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33.
验证信息存储部分38保存验证处理部分37用于访问门户服务器3和其它服务器SV1-SV4的验证信息。The authenticationinformation storage section 38 holds authentication information used by theauthentication processing section 37 to access theportal server 3 and other servers SV1-SV4.
当前接收用户收听的无线电节目的无线电广播显示控制部分39通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，向与当前广播无线电节目的无线电台对应的无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3传送请求与该无线电节目相关的无线电广播信息的请求信号。The radio broadcastdisplay control section 39 that currently receives the radio program that the user listens to transmits a request to the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 corresponding to the radio station that currently broadcasts the radio program via thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33. Request signal for broadcast information.
从而，无线电广播显示控制部分39通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从网络NT上的无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3接收无线电广播信息，随后把该无线电广播信息提供给显示控制部分24。显示控制部分24在显示部分25上显示无线电广播信息，包括正在接收的无线电节目的标题、正在接收的音乐的标题、和该音乐的艺术家姓名等。Thus, the radio broadcastdisplay control section 39 receives radio broadcast information from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 on the network NT via thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32, and then supplies the radio broadcast information to thedisplay control section 24. Thedisplay control section 24 displays radio broadcast information on thedisplay section 25, including the title of the radio program being received, the title of the music being received, the artist name of the music, and the like.
(1-2-2)目录管理(1-2-2) Directory management
客户机终端2的控制部分23利用如图3中所示的目录结构，管理保存在存储介质29中的内容数据。在“根”目录下创建一个或多个“文件夹”目录。具体地说，在“根”目录下创建的“文件夹”目录的数目有限。例如，创建的“文件夹”目录例如对应于内容数据的类型，或者拥有客户机终端2的用户。Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 manages content data stored in thestorage medium 29 using a directory structure as shown in FIG. 3 . Create one or more "folder" directories under the "root" directory. Specifically, the number of "folder" directories created under the "root" directory is limited. The “folder” directory is created corresponding to the type of content data, or the user who owns theclient terminal 2, for example.
在“文件夹”目录下创建一个或多个“专辑”目录。具体地说，在“文件夹”目录下创建的“专辑”目录的数目有限。例如，每个“专辑”目录例如对应于一个专辑标题。在“专辑”目录下布置一个或多个“音轨”文件，以便属于该“专辑”。每个“音轨”文件对应于一首音乐，即内容数据。Create one or more "album" directories under the "folder" directory. Specifically, the number of "album" directories created under the "folder" directory is limited. For example, each "album" category corresponds to an album title, for example. One or more "track" files are arranged under the "album" directory so as to belong to the "album". Each "track" file corresponds to a piece of music, that is, content data.
根据保存在存储介质29中的数据库文件，执行内容数据的目录管理。Based on the database file stored in thestorage medium 29, directory management of content data is performed.
实际上，存储介质29中的目录结构是数据库格式的。因此，能够方便地移动和检索文件(即，内容数据)。各个文件与其属性信息相关联并被存储在存储介质29中。Actually, the directory structure in thestorage medium 29 is in database format. Therefore, files (ie, content data) can be moved and retrieved conveniently. Each file is associated with its attribute information and stored in thestorage medium 29 .
顺便提及，如果文件是音乐数据，则属性信息包括音乐数据的标题、艺术家姓名、记录音乐数据的专辑的名称、以及在存储介质29中的存储地址。Incidentally, if the file is music data, the attribute information includes the title of the music data, the name of the artist, the name of the album in which the music data is recorded, and the storage address in thestorage medium 29 .
(1-3)门户服务器3的功能电路块结构(1-3) Functional circuit block structure ofportal server 3
参见图4，利用功能电路块说明门户服务器3的硬件结构。门户服务器3的控制部分50控制通过总线51连接的每个电路的操作。Referring to Fig. 4, the hardware structure of theportal server 3 is illustrated by using functional circuit blocks. Thecontrol section 50 of theportal server 3 controls the operation of each circuit connected through thebus 51 .
在控制部分50的控制下，通信控制部分52通过网络接口53，与客户机终端2和其它服务器SV1-SV5交换各种信息。Under the control of thecontrol section 50, thecommunication control section 52 exchanges various information with theclient terminal 2 and other servers SV1-SV5 through thenetwork interface 53.
客户数据库部分54保存与运营音乐相关服务提供系统1的公司签订合同的用户的用户身份ID(标识)及其口令信息作为客户信息。Thecustomer database section 54 holds user IDs (identifications) and password information of users who contract with the company operating the music-relatedservice providing system 1 as customer information.
页信息存储部分55保存页信息等。页信息由运营音乐相关服务提供系统1的公司管理。The pageinformation storage section 55 holds page information and the like. Page information is managed by a company operating the music-relatedservice providing system 1 .
顺便提及，页信息用XML语言等描述。页信息包括用于访问音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2、无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3、因特网无线电服务器SV4等的URL(统一资源定位符)信息。Incidentally, page information is described in XML language or the like. The page information includes URL (Uniform Resource Locator) information for accessing the music data delivery server SV1, product sales server SV2, radio information delivery server SV3, Internet radio server SV4, and the like.
验证处理部分56通过网络接口53和通信控制部分52，从客户机终端2接收用户ID信息和口令信息，随后执行用户验证处理。在用户验证的处理中，验证处理部分56检查接收的用户ID信息和口令信息是否已作为客户信息被记录在客户数据库部分54中。Theauthentication processing section 56 receives user ID information and password information from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 53 and thecommunication control section 52, and then executes user authentication processing. In the process of user authentication, theauthentication processing section 56 checks whether the received user ID information and password information have been registered in thecustomer database section 54 as customer information.
在完成用户验证处理之后，验证处理部分56发出显示用户验证处理的结果的“门户验证结果信息”(等同于下面说明的“验证会话ID信息”)。验证处理部分56随后把门户验证结果信息临时保存在验证信息存储部分57中。After the user authentication processing is completed, theauthentication processing section 56 issues "portal authentication result information" (equivalent to "authentication session ID information" explained below) showing the result of the user authentication processing. Theauthentication processing section 56 then temporarily saves the portal authentication result information in the authenticationinformation storage section 57 .
如果验证处理部分56进行的用户验证处理的结果显示用户是合法用户，那么控制部分50通过通信控制部分52和网络接口53，把订约者的页信息和门户验证结果信息传送给客户机终端2。订约者的页信息已被保存在页信息存储部分55中。If the result of the user authentication processing performed by theauthentication processing section 56 shows that the user is a legitimate user, thecontrol section 50 transmits the contractor's page information and portal authentication result information to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 52 and thenetwork interface 53 . The page information of the contractor has been saved in the pageinformation storage section 55 .
如果验证处理部分56进行的用户验证处理的结果显示用户不是合法用户，那么控制部分50通过通信控制部分52和网络接口53，把验证出错信息和验证失败通知页信息传送给客户机终端2。这种情况下，显示验证失败的验证失败通知页信息已被保存在页信息存储部分55中。If the result of the user authentication processing performed by theauthentication processing section 56 shows that the user is not a legitimate user, thecontrol section 50 transmits authentication error information and authentication failure notification page information to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 52 and thenetwork interface 53. In this case, authentication failure notification page information showing authentication failure has been stored in the pageinformation storage section 55 .
在音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2或无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3执行用户的验证处理之后，客户机终端2可从音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2或无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3获得“门户验证结果信息”(等同于下面说明的“鉴权票证”)。在这种情况下，验证处理部分56通过网络接口53和通信控制部分52从用户的客户机终端2接收门户验证结果信息，随后将门户验证结果信息与对应于用户的、并且临时保存在验证信息存储部分57中的门户验证结果信息进行比较。After the music data delivery server SV1, product sales server SV2, or radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 performs authentication processing of the user, theclient terminal 2 can obtain " Portal verification result information" (equivalent to the "authentication ticket" explained below). In this case, theauthentication processing section 56 receives the portal authentication result information from the user'sclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 53 and thecommunication control section 52, and then compares the portal authentication result information with that corresponding to the user and temporarily stored in the authentication information. The portal authentication result information in thestorage section 57 is compared.
验证处理部分56对客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2或无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3接收的门户验证结果信息进行验证处理。在该验证处理中，验证处理部分56执行检查处理，以检查接收的门户验证结果信息是否合法，随后通过通信控制部分52和网络接口53，把表示检查结果的检查结果信息传送给音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2或无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。Theauthentication processing section 56 performs authentication processing on portal authentication result information received by theclient terminal 2 from the music data delivery server SV1, product sales server SV2, or radio broadcast information delivery server SV3. In this verification process, theverification processing section 56 performs a check process to check whether the received portal verification result information is legal, and then transmits the check result information representing the check result to the music data delivery server through thecommunication control section 52 and thenetwork interface 53. SV1, a product sales server SV2 or a radio broadcast information delivery server SV3.
频率信息存储部分58把下述信息关联起来并保存它们：识别地区的地区代码，例如邮政编码；表示在该地区中可接收的无线电广播频率的频率信息；广播无线电节目的无线电台的名称(也称为“无线电台名称”)；和呼号，呼号是每个无线电台独有的识别信息。The frequencyinformation storage section 58 associates and saves the following information: an area code for identifying an area, such as a zip code; frequency information indicating a radio broadcast frequency receivable in the area; a name of a radio station broadcasting a radio program (also known as the "radio station name"); and the call sign, which uniquely identifies each radio station.
URL存储部分59使无线电台的呼号与对应的URL信息关联起来，并保存它们。呼号是广播无线电节目的每个无线电台独有的。URL信息被用于获取无线电广播信息。无线电广播信息包括和当前从与相关呼号对应的无线电台广播的无线电节目有关的信息。例如，无线电广播信息(也被称为“正在广播信息”)包括无线电节目的标题和无线电节目中当前播放的音乐的标题。TheURL storage section 59 associates the call signs of radio stations with the corresponding URL information, and stores them. Call signs are unique to each radio station broadcasting a radio program. URL information is used to acquire radio broadcast information. The radio broadcast information includes information about radio programs currently being broadcast from the radio station corresponding to the associated call sign. For example, radio broadcast information (also referred to as "now broadcasting information") includes the title of a radio program and the title of music currently playing in the radio program.
(1-4)音乐数据传送服务器SV1的功能电路块结构(1-4) Functional circuit block configuration of the music data delivery server SV1
参见图5，利用功能电路块说明音乐数据传送服务器SV1的结构。音乐数据传送服务器SV1的控制部分70控制通过总线71连接的每个电路的操作。Referring to FIG. 5, the structure of the music data delivery server SV1 is explained using functional circuit blocks. Thecontrol section 70 of the music data delivery server SV1 controls the operation of each circuit connected through thebus 71 .
在控制部分70的控制下，通信控制部分72通过网络接口73与客户机终端2、门户服务器3等交换各种信息和各种数据，比如内容数据。Under the control of thecontrol section 70, thecommunication control section 72 exchanges various information and various data such as content data with theclient terminal 2, theportal server 3, etc. through thenetwork interface 73.
客户数据库部分74把与运营音乐数据传送服务器SV1的公司签订合同的用户的用户ID信息及其口令信息保存为客户信息。顺便提及，验证处理部分75具有根据门户验证结果信息(门户验证结果信息由门户服务器3发给客户机终端2，并从客户机终端2传送给音乐数据传送服务器SV1)验证用户的能力。在这种情况下，客户数据库部分74可被省略。Thecustomer database section 74 stores, as customer information, user ID information and password information of users who contract with the company operating the music data delivery server SV1. Incidentally, theauthentication processing section 75 has a capability of authenticating a user based on portal authentication result information which is sent from theportal server 3 to theclient terminal 2 and transmitted from theclient terminal 2 to the music data delivery server SV1. In this case, thecustomer database section 74 can be omitted.
页信息存储部分76保存页信息等，页信息被用于音乐数据的分发和呈现可下载的音乐数据(该页信息还被称为“音乐数据分发页信息”)。页信息由音乐数据传送服务器SV1管理。The pageinformation storage section 76 holds page information, etc., which are used for distribution of music data and presentation of downloadable music data (this page information is also referred to as "music data distribution page information"). Page information is managed by the music data delivery server SV1.
用XML语言等描述的音乐数据分发页信息具有通过其客户机终端2的用户能够选择他/她想要下载的音乐数据的结构。The music data distribution page information described in XML language or the like has a structure through which the user of theclient terminal 2 can select the music data he/she wants to download.
当客户机终端2传送请求音乐数据分发页信息的页信息获取请求信号时，控制部分70通过网络接口73和通信控制部分72接收页信息获取请求信号。控制部分70随后响应页信息获取请求信号，通过通信控制部分72和网络接口73，把保存在页信息存储部分76中的音乐数据分发页信息传送给客户机终端2。When theclient terminal 2 transmits a page information acquisition request signal requesting music data distribution page information, thecontrol section 70 receives the page information acquisition request signal through thenetwork interface 73 and thecommunication control section 72 . Thecontrol section 70 then transmits the music data distribution page information stored in the pageinformation storage section 76 to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 72 and thenetwork interface 73 in response to the page information acquisition request signal.
当客户机终端2传送用户的用户ID信息和口令信息时，验证处理部分75过网络接口73和通信控制部分72接收用户ID信息和口令信息。验证处理部分75随后执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分75检查接收的用户ID信息和口令信息是否已作为客户信息记录在客户数据库部分74中。When theclient terminal 2 transmits user ID information and password information of the user, theauthentication processing section 75 receives the user ID information and password information through thenetwork interface 73 and thecommunication control section 72 . Theauthentication processing section 75 then performs user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, theauthentication processing section 75 checks whether the received user ID information and password information have been registered in thecustomer database section 74 as customer information.
验证处理部分75可执行另一用户验证处理，该用户验证处理不同于使用用户ID信息和口令信息的用户验证处理。在这种情况下，客户机终端2提供门户服务器3发出的门户验证结果信息(等同于下面描述的“鉴权票证”)。验证处理部分75通过网络接口73和通信控制部分72接收门户验证结果信息，随后通过通信控制部分72和网络接口73把门户验证结果信息传送给门户服务器3。Theauthentication processing section 75 may perform another user authentication processing that is different from the user authentication processing using user ID information and password information. In this case, theclient terminal 2 provides portal authentication result information (equivalent to "authentication ticket" described below) issued by theportal server 3. Theverification processing part 75 receives the portal verification result information through thenetwork interface 73 and thecommunication control part 72, and then transmits the portal verification result information to theportal server 3 through thecommunication control part 72 and thenetwork interface 73.
这样，门户验证结果信息从验证处理部分75被提供给门户服务器3。门户服务器3随后对门户验证结果信息执行验证处理(即上面说明的检查处理)，随后供给检查结果信息。验证处理部分75通过网络接口73和通信控制部分72接收检查结果信息，随后根据检查结果信息，检查用户是否合法。在这种情况下，合法用户是已与运营音乐相关服务提供系统1的公司签订合同的用户。In this way, portal authentication result information is supplied from theauthentication processing section 75 to theportal server 3 . Theportal server 3 then performs verification processing (ie, the checking process explained above) on the portal verification result information, and then supplies the checking result information. Theverification processing part 75 receives the check result information through thenetwork interface 73 and thecommunication control part 72, and then checks whether the user is legitimate or not according to the check result information. In this case, the legal user is a user who has signed a contract with the company operating the music-relatedservice providing system 1 .
在成用户验证处理之后，验证处理部分75发出服务器验证结果信息(等同于下面描述的“服务会话ID信息”)。服务器验证结果信息表示用户验证处理的结果。After the user authentication processing, theauthentication processing section 75 issues server authentication result information (equivalent to "service session ID information" described below). The server authentication result information indicates the result of user authentication processing.
如果验证处理部分75进行的用户验证处理的结果表示用户是合法用户，那么控制部分70通过通信控制部分72和网络接口73，把音乐数据分发页信息和服务器验证结果信息传送给客户机终端2。给订约者的音乐数据分发页信息已被保存在页信息存储部分76中。If the result of the user authentication processing performed by theauthentication processing section 75 indicates that the user is a legitimate user, thecontrol section 70 transmits the music data distribution page information and the server authentication result information to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 72 and thenetwork interface 73. Music data distribution page information to contractors has been stored in the pageinformation storage section 76 .
相反，当验证处理部分75进行的用户验证处理的结果表示用户不是合法用户时，控制部分70通过通信控制部分72和网络接口73，向客户机终端2传送验证出错信息和验证失败通知页信息。在这种情况下，表示验证失败的验证失败通知页信息已被保存在页信息存储部分76中。Conversely, when the result of the user authentication processing performed by theauthentication processing section 75 indicates that the user is not a legitimate user, thecontrol section 70 transmits authentication error information and authentication failure notification page information to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 72 and thenetwork interface 73. In this case, authentication failure notification page information indicating authentication failure has been stored in the pageinformation storage section 76 .
顺便提及，验证信息存储部分77临时保存验证处理部分75发出的服务器验证结果信息。验证信息存储部分77还保存验证处理部分75验证客户机终端2的用户所必需的其它验证信息。Incidentally, the authenticationinformation storage section 77 temporarily holds server authentication result information issued by theauthentication processing section 75 . The authenticationinformation storage section 77 also holds other authentication information necessary for theauthentication processing section 75 to authenticate the user of theclient terminal 2 .
音乐数据存储部分78已保存与对应的检索关键字相关联的压缩编码音乐数据。音乐数据已按照ATRAC3格式、MP3格式等压缩和编码。检索关键字等同于内容ID信息等。The musicdata storage section 78 has stored compression-coded music data associated with the corresponding retrieval key. Music data has been compressed and encoded in accordance with the ATRAC3 format, MP3 format, or the like. The search key is equivalent to content ID information and the like.
顺便提及，在音乐数据分发页信息被传送给客户机终端2之后，客户机终端2可传送下载请求信号。下载请求信号请求用户希望下载的音乐数据的下载，并且包括用于搜索音乐数据的检索关键字。检索部分79通过网络接口73和通信控制部分72接收下载请求信号，随后从下载请求信号获得检索关键字。Incidentally, after the music data distribution page information is transmitted to theclient terminal 2, theclient terminal 2 may transmit a download request signal. The download request signal requests download of music data that the user wishes to download, and includes a retrieval keyword for searching the music data. Theretrieval section 79 receives the download request signal through thenetwork interface 73 and thecommunication control section 72, and then obtains the retrieval key from the download request signal.
检索部分79随后搜索保存在音乐数据存储部分78中的多个音乐数据，寻找满足检索关键字指示的检索条件的音乐数据。即，检索部分79搜索用户想要下载的音乐数据。Theretrieval section 79 then searches a plurality of music data stored in the musicdata storage section 78 for music data satisfying the retrieval condition indicated by the retrieval key. That is, theretrieval section 79 searches for music data that the user wants to download.
从而，控制部分70通过通信控制部分72和网络接口73，把搜索的音乐数据(用户想要下载的音乐数据)传送给客户机终端2。Thus, thecontrol section 70 transmits the searched music data (music data that the user wants to download) to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 72 and thenetwork interface 73 .
此时，控制部分70通过通信控制部分72和网络接口73，把收费信息传送给收费服务器SV5。收费信息被用于向用户收取下载到客户机终端2的音乐数据的费用。收费服务器SV5执行收费处理，向用户收取下载的音乐数据的费用。At this time, thecontrol section 70 transmits the charging information to the charging server SV5 through thecommunication control section 72 and thenetwork interface 73 . The billing information is used to bill the user for the music data downloaded to theclient terminal 2 . The charging server SV5 performs charging processing to charge the user for the downloaded music data.
(1-5)产品销售服务器SV2的功能电路块结构(1-5) Functional circuit block structure of product sales server SV2
参见图6，利用功能电路块说明产品销售服务器SV2的硬件结构。产品销售服务器SV2的控制部分90控制通过总线91连接的每个电路的操作。Referring to FIG. 6, the hardware configuration of the product sales server SV2 is explained using functional circuit blocks. The control section 90 of the product sales server SV2 controls the operation of each circuit connected through the bus 91 .
在控制部分90的控制下，通信控制部分92通过网络接口93与客户机终端2、门户服务器3等交换各种信息。Under the control of the control section 90, the communication control section 92 exchanges various information with theclient terminal 2, theportal server 3, and the like through the network interface 93.
客户数据库部分94把运营产品销售服务器SV2的公司签订合同的用户的用户ID信息及其口令信息保存为客户信息。顺便提及，验证处理部分95具有根据门户验证结果信息(门户验证结果信息由门户服务器3发给客户机终端2，并从客户机终端2传送给产品销售服务器SV2)验证用户的能力。在在这种情况下，客户数据库部分94可被省略。The customer database section 94 stores, as customer information, user ID information and password information of users contracted by the company operating the product sales server SV2. Incidentally, the authentication processing section 95 has a capability of authenticating a user based on portal authentication result information (portal authentication result information sent from theportal server 3 to theclient terminal 2 and transmitted from theclient terminal 2 to the product sales server SV2). In this case, the customer database section 94 may be omitted.
页信息存储部分96保存被用于封装媒体(package media)的销售和呈现待售封装媒体，比如CD和DVD的页信息等(该页信息还被称为“封装媒体销售页信息”)。页信息由产品销售服务器SV2管理。The page information storage section 96 holds page information and the like used for sales of package media and presentation of package media for sale, such as CDs and DVDs (this page information is also referred to as "package media sales page information"). Page information is managed by the product sales server SV2.
用XML语言等描述的封装媒体销售页信息具有通过其客户机终端2的用户能够选择用户想要购买的封装媒体，比如CD和DVD的结构。The package media sales page information described in XML language or the like has a structure through which the user of theclient terminal 2 can select the package media the user wants to purchase, such as CD and DVD.
当客户机终端2传送请求封装媒体销售页信息的页信息获取请求信号时，控制部分90通过网络接口93和通信控制部分92接收页信息获取请求信号。控制部分90随后响应页信息获取请求信号，通过通信控制部分92和网络接口93，把保存在页信息存储部分96中的封装媒体销售页信息传送给客户机终端2。When theclient terminal 2 transmits a page information acquisition request signal requesting packaged media sales page information, the control section 90 receives the page information acquisition request signal through the network interface 93 and the communication control section 92 . The control section 90 then transmits the packaged media sales page information stored in the page information storage section 96 to theclient terminal 2 through the communication control section 92 and the network interface 93 in response to the page information acquisition request signal.
当客户机终端2传送用户的用户ID信息和口令信息时，验证处理部分95通过网络接口93和通信控制部分92接收用户ID信息和口令信息。验证处理部分95随后执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分95检查接收的用户ID信息和口令信息是否已作为客户信息记录在客户数据库部分94中。When theclient terminal 2 transmits user ID information and password information of the user, the authentication processing section 95 receives the user ID information and password information through the network interface 93 and the communication control section 92 . The authentication processing section 95 then performs user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, the authentication processing section 95 checks whether the received user ID information and password information have been registered in the customer database section 94 as customer information.
验证处理部分95可执行另一用户验证处理，该用户验证处理不同于使用用户ID信息和口令信息的用户验证处理。在这种情况下，客户机终端2传送门户服务器3发出的门户验证结果信息(等同于下面描述的“鉴权票证”)。验证处理部分95通过网络接口93和通信控制部分92接收门户验证结果信息，随后通过通信控制部分92和网络接口93把门户验证结果信息传送给门户服务器3。The authentication processing section 95 may perform another user authentication processing that is different from the user authentication processing using user ID information and password information. In this case, theclient terminal 2 transmits portal authentication result information (equivalent to "authentication ticket" described below) issued by theportal server 3. The authentication processing section 95 receives the portal authentication result information through the network interface 93 and the communication control section 92 , and then transmits the portal authentication result information to theportal server 3 through the communication control section 92 and the network interface 93 .
这样，门户验证结果信息从验证处理部分95被传送给门户服务器3。门户服务器3随后对门户验证结果信息执行验证处理(即上面说明的检查处理)，随后传送检查结果信息。验证处理部分95通过网络接口93和通信控制部分92接收检查结果信息，随后根据检查结果信息，检查用户是否合法。在这种情况下，合法用户是已与运营音乐相关服务提供系统1的公司签订合同的用户。Thus, the portal authentication result information is transmitted from the authentication processing section 95 to theportal server 3 . Theportal server 3 then performs verification processing (ie, the checking process explained above) on the portal verification result information, and then transmits the checking result information. The verification processing part 95 receives the check result information through the network interface 93 and the communication control part 92, and then checks whether the user is legitimate or not according to the check result information. In this case, the legal user is a user who has signed a contract with the company operating the music-relatedservice providing system 1 .
在完成用户验证处理之后，验证处理部分95发出服务器验证结果信息(等同于下面描述的“服务会话ID信息”)。服务器验证结果信息表示用户验证处理的结果。After completing the user authentication processing, the authentication processing section 95 issues server authentication result information (equivalent to "service session ID information" described below). The server authentication result information indicates the result of user authentication processing.
当验证处理部分95进行的用户验证处理的结果表示用户是合法用户时，控制部分90通过通信控制部分92和网络接口93，把封装媒体销售页信息和服务器验证结果信息传送给客户机终端2。给订约者的封装媒体销售页信息已被保存在页信息存储部分96中。When the result of the user authentication processing performed by the authentication processing section 95 shows that the user is a legitimate user, the control section 90 transmits the packaged media sales page information and the server authentication result information to theclient terminal 2 through the communication control section 92 and the network interface 93. Packaged media sales page information for contractors has been stored in the page information storage section 96 .
而当验证处理部分95进行的用户验证处理的结果表示用户不是合法用户时，控制部分90通过通信控制部分92和网络接口93，向客户机终端2传送验证出错信息和验证失败通知信息。在这种情况下，表示验证失败的验证失败通知信息已被保存在页信息存储部分96中。And when the result of the user authentication processing performed by the authentication processing section 95 indicates that the user is not a legitimate user, the control section 90 transmits authentication error information and authentication failure notification information to theclient terminal 2 through the communication control section 92 and the network interface 93. In this case, authentication failure notification information indicating authentication failure has been stored in the page information storage section 96 .
验证信息存储部分97临时保存验证处理部分95发出的服务器验证结果信息。验证信息存储部分97还保存验证处理部分95进行验证客户机终端2的用户所必需的其它验证信息。The authentication information storage section 97 temporarily stores server authentication result information issued by the authentication processing section 95 . The authentication information storage section 97 also holds other authentication information necessary for the authentication processing section 95 to authenticate the user of theclient terminal 2 .
封装媒体信息存储部分98已保存与对应的检索关键字相关联的多条封装媒体信息。每条封装媒体信息与供出售的封装媒体，比如CD和DVD相关。检索关键字等同于封装媒体ID信息等。The packaged media information storage section 98 has stored pieces of packaged media information associated with corresponding retrieval keywords. Each piece of packaged media information is associated with packaged media, such as CDs and DVDs, for sale. The retrieval key is equivalent to encapsulating media ID information and the like.
顺便提及，在封装媒体销售页信息被传送给客户机终端2之后，客户机终端2可传送媒体信息请求信号。媒体信息请求信号请求与诸如CD和DVD之类的封装媒体相关的封装媒体信息。检索部分99通过网络接口93和通信控制部分92接收媒体信息请求信号，随后从媒体信息请求信号获得检索关键字。检索关键字被用于检索特定的封装媒体。Incidentally, after packaged media sales page information is transmitted to theclient terminal 2, theclient terminal 2 may transmit a media information request signal. The media information request signal requests packaged media information related to packaged media such as CDs and DVDs. The retrieval section 99 receives the media information request signal through the network interface 93 and the communication control section 92, and then obtains a retrieval key from the media information request signal. Search keys are used to retrieve specific packaged media.
检索部分99随后搜索保存在封装媒体信息存储部分98中的多条封装媒体信息，寻找满足检索关键字表示的检索条件的一条封装媒体信息。The retrieval section 99 then searches the pieces of packaged media information stored in the packaged media information storage section 98 for a piece of packaged media information that satisfies the retrieval condition indicated by the retrieval key.
从而，控制部分90通过通信控制部分92和网络接口93，把搜索的封装媒体信息传送给客户机终端2，于是向用户显示和所述特定封装媒体有关的封装媒体信息。Thus, the control section 90 transmits the searched package media information to theclient terminal 2 through the communication control section 92 and the network interface 93, and then displays the package media information related to the specific package media to the user.
当客户机终端2传送请求购买封装媒体的购买请求信号时，控制部分90通过网络接口93和通信控制部分92接收购买请求信号，随后执行销售处理。在销售处理中，控制部分90执行发运过程，以便把封装媒体运往客户机终端2的用户。When theclient terminal 2 transmits a purchase request signal requesting purchase of packaged media, the control section 90 receives the purchase request signal through the network interface 93 and the communication control section 92, and then performs sales processing. In the sales process, the control section 90 executes a shipping process to ship the packaged media to the user of theclient terminal 2 .
此时，控制部分90通过通信控制部分92和网络接口93，把收费信息传送给收费服务器SV5。收费信息被用于向用户收取购买的封装媒体的费用。收费服务器SV5执行收费处理，向用户收取购买的封装媒体的费用。At this time, the control section 90 transmits the charging information to the charging server SV5 through the communication control section 92 and the network interface 93 . The billing information is used to bill the user for purchased packaged media. The charging server SV5 executes charging processing, and charges the user for the packaged media purchased.
在收费服务器SV5完成对用户的收费处理之后，控制部分90随后通过通信控制部分92和网络接口93，向客户机终端2传送销售完成页信息。销售完成页信息表明封装媒体的销售处理已完成。The control section 90 then transmits the sales completion page information to theclient terminal 2 through the communication control section 92 and the network interface 93 after the charging server SV5 completes the charging processing for the user. The sales completion page information indicates that the sales process for the packaged media is complete.
(1-6)无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的功能电路块结构(1-6) Functional circuit block structure of radio broadcast information delivery server SV3
参见图7，利用功能电路块说明无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的硬件结构。无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的控制部分110控制通过总线111连接的每个电路的操作。Referring to FIG. 7, the hardware configuration of the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 is explained using functional circuit blocks. The control section 110 of the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 controls the operation of each circuit connected through the bus 111 .
在控制部分110的控制下，通信控制部分112通过网络接口113与客户机终端2、门户服务器3等交换各种信息。Under the control of the control section 110, the communication control section 112 exchanges various information with theclient terminal 2, theportal server 3, and the like through the network interface 113.
客户数据库部分114把已与运营无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的公司签订合同的用户的用户ID信息及其口令信息保存为客户信息。顺便提及，验证处理部分115具有根据门户验证结果信息(门户验证结果信息由门户服务器3发给客户机终端2，并从客户机终端2传送给无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3)验证用户的能力。在这种情况下，客户数据库部分114可被省略。The customer database section 114 holds, as customer information, user ID information and password information of users who have signed a contract with the company operating the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3. Incidentally, the authentication processing section 115 has a capability of authenticating a user based on portal authentication result information which is sent from theportal server 3 to theclient terminal 2 and transmitted from theclient terminal 2 to the radio information delivery server SV3. In this case, the customer database section 114 may be omitted.
页信息存储部分116保存用于获取无线电广播信息的页信息等。在这种情况下，无线电广播信息与已从对应于无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的无线电台广播的无线电节目相关。无线电广播信息也被称为“广播列表信息”，用于广播列表信息的获取的页信息还被称为“广播列表信息分发页信息”。该页信息由无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3管理。The page information storage section 116 holds page information and the like for acquiring radio broadcast information. In this case, the radio broadcast information is related to a radio program that has been broadcast from a radio station corresponding to the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3. The radio broadcast information is also called "broadcast list information", and the page information used for acquisition of the broadcast list information is also called "broadcast list information distribution page information". This page information is managed by the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3.
用XML语言等描述的广播列表信息分发页信息提供输入框等，通过所述输入框，客户机终端2的用户能够输入用户想要获得的广播列表信息的检索关键字。无线电节目标题、无线电节目的广播日期和时间等可以是检索关键字。The broadcast list information distribution page information described in XML language or the like provides an input box or the like through which the user of theclient terminal 2 can input a retrieval keyword of the broadcast list information the user wants to obtain. A radio program title, a broadcast date and time of a radio program, and the like may be search keywords.
广播列表信息存储部分117保存广播列表信息。通过列举下述信息产生广播列表信息：已从对应于无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的无线电台广播的无线电节目的标题；节目的广播开始时间和结束时间；在该节目中播放的音乐的艺术家姓名和标题；音乐的开始广播时间等。The broadcast list information storage section 117 stores broadcast list information. The broadcast list information is generated by enumerating the following information: the title of the radio program that has been broadcast from the radio station corresponding to the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3; the broadcast start time and end time of the program; the artist name and name of the music played in the program. Title; start broadcast time of music, etc.
当客户机终端2传送请求广播列表信息分发页信息的页信息获取请求信号时，控制部分110通过网络接口113和通信控制部分112接收页信息获取请求信号。控制部分110随后响应页信息获取请求信号，通过通信控制部分112和网络接口113，把保存在页信息存储部分116中的广播列表信息分发页信息传送给客户机终端2。When theclient terminal 2 transmits a page information acquisition request signal requesting broadcast list information distribution page information, the control section 110 receives the page information acquisition request signal through the network interface 113 and the communication control section 112 . The control section 110 then transmits the broadcast list information distribution page information stored in the page information storage section 116 to theclient terminal 2 through the communication control section 112 and the network interface 113 in response to the page information acquisition request signal.
当用户通过广播列表信息分发页信息输入用户想要获得的广播列表信息的检索关键字时，客户机终端2传送包括检索关键字的广播列表信息请求信号。广播列表信息请求信号请求广播列表信息的下载。检索部分118通过网络接口113和通信控制部分112接收广播列表信息请求信号，随后从广播列表信息请求信号获得检索关键字。When the user inputs a search key of broadcast list information that the user wants to obtain through the broadcast list information distribution page information, theclient terminal 2 transmits a broadcast list information request signal including the search key. The broadcast list information request signal requests download of broadcast list information. The retrieval section 118 receives the broadcast list information request signal through the network interface 113 and the communication control section 112, and then obtains a retrieval key from the broadcast list information request signal.
检索部分118随后根据检索关键字，搜索保存在广播列表信息存储部分117中的全部广播列表信息，从而抽取满足检索关键字表示的检索条件的那部分广播列表信息。这样，获得用户想要得到的那部分广播列表信息。The retrieval section 118 then searches all the broadcast list information stored in the broadcast list information storage section 117 according to the retrieval key, thereby extracting the part of the broadcast list information that satisfies the retrieval condition indicated by the retrieval key. In this way, the part of the broadcast list information that the user wants to obtain is obtained.
控制部分110随后通过通信控制部分112和网络接口113，把获得的广播列表信息传送给客户机终端2。The control section 110 then transmits the obtained broadcast list information to theclient terminal 2 through the communication control section 112 and the network interface 113 .
正在广播信息存储部分119保存正在广播信息。正在广播信息由下述项组成：目前正从对应于无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的无线电台广播的无线电节目的标题；节目的广播开始时间和结束时间；目前正在节目中播放的音乐的艺术家姓名和标题；音乐的开始广播时间等。The on-broadcast information storage section 119 stores on-broadcast information. The now-broadcasting information is composed of the following items: the title of the radio program currently being broadcast from the radio station corresponding to the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3; the broadcast start time and end time of the program; the artist name and name of the music currently being broadcast on the program. Title; start broadcast time of music, etc.
当客户机终端2传送用户的用户ID信息和口令信息以及请求正在广播信息的正在广播信息请求信号时，验证处理部分115通过网络接口113和通信控制部分112接收用户ID信息和口令信息。验证处理部分115随后执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分115检查接收的用户ID信息和口令信息是否已作为客户信息记录在客户数据库部分114中。Authentication processing section 115 receives user ID information and password information through network interface 113 and communication control section 112 whenclient terminal 2 transmits user ID information and password information of the user and an on-broadcast information request signal requesting on-broadcast information. The authentication processing section 115 then performs user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, the authentication processing section 115 checks whether the received user ID information and password information have been registered in the customer database section 114 as customer information.
验证处理部分115可执行另一用户验证处理。该用户验证处理不同于使用用户ID信息和口令信息的用户验证处理。在这种情况下，客户机终端2传送门户服务器3发出的门户验证结果信息(等同于下面描述的“鉴权票证”)。验证处理部分115通过网络接口113和通信控制部分112接收门户验证结果信息，随后通过通信控制部分112和网络接口113把门户验证结果信息传送给门户服务器3。The authentication processing section 115 may perform another user authentication processing. This user authentication processing is different from user authentication processing using user ID information and password information. In this case, theclient terminal 2 transmits portal authentication result information (equivalent to "authentication ticket" described below) issued by theportal server 3. The authentication processing section 115 receives the portal authentication result information through the network interface 113 and the communication control section 112 , and then transmits the portal authentication result information to theportal server 3 through the communication control section 112 and the network interface 113 .
这样，门户验证结果信息从验证处理部分115被传送给门户服务器3。门户服务器3随后对门户验证结果信息进行验证处理(即上面说明的检查处理)，随后传送检查结果信息。验证处理部分115通过网络接口113和通信控制部分112接收检查结果信息，随后根据检查结果信息，检查用户是否合法。在这种情况下，合法用户是已与运营音乐相关服务提供系统1的公司签订合同的用户。In this way, the portal authentication result information is transmitted from the authentication processing section 115 to theportal server 3 . Theportal server 3 then performs verification processing (ie, the checking process explained above) on the portal verification result information, and then transmits the checking result information. The verification processing part 115 receives the check result information through the network interface 113 and the communication control part 112, and then checks whether the user is legal based on the check result information. In this case, the legal user is a user who has signed a contract with the company operating the music-relatedservice providing system 1 .
当完成用户验证处理时，验证处理部分115发出服务器验证结果信息(等同于下面描述的“服务会话ID信息”)。服务器验证结果信息表示用户验证处理的结果。When the user authentication processing is completed, the authentication processing section 115 issues server authentication result information (equivalent to "service session ID information" described below). The server authentication result information indicates the result of user authentication processing.
当验证处理部分115进行的用户验证处理的结果表示用户是合法用户时，控制部分110通过通信控制部分112和网络接口113，把服务器验证结果信息和保存在正在广播信息存储部分119中的正在广播信息传送给客户机终端2。When the result of the user verification process performed by the verification processing part 115 shows that the user is a legitimate user, the control part 110 passes the communication control part 112 and the network interface 113, and the server verification result information and the broadcasting information stored in the broadcast information storage part 119 are stored in the broadcasting information storage part 119. The information is transmitted to theclient terminal 2.
而当验证处理部分115进行的用户验证处理的结果表示用户不是合法用户时，控制部分110通过通信控制部分112和网络接口113，向客户机终端2传送验证出错信息和验证失败通知页信息。在这种情况下，表示验证失败的验证失败通知页信息已被保存在页信息存储部分116中。And when the result of the user authentication processing performed by the authentication processing section 115 shows that the user is not a legitimate user, the control section 110 transmits authentication error information and authentication failure notification page information to theclient terminal 2 through the communication control section 112 and the network interface 113. In this case, authentication failure notification page information representing authentication failure has been stored in the page information storage section 116 .
如上所述，当控制部分110从用户收到对正在广播信息的请求时，如果验证结果表明用户合法，那么控制部分110提供正在广播信息。而如果验证结果表明用户不合法，那么控制部分110不提供无线电广播信息传送服务。即，控制部分110不提供正在广播信息。无线电广播信息传送服务是由无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3提供的服务。As described above, when the control section 110 receives a request for the now-broadcasting information from the user, if the authentication result indicates that the user is legitimate, the control section 110 provides the now-broadcasting information. And if the authentication result shows that the user is not legitimate, the control section 110 does not provide the radio broadcast information delivery service. That is, the control section 110 does not provide the now-broadcasting information. The radio broadcast information delivery service is a service provided by the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3.
验证信息存储部分120临时保存验证处理部分115发出的服务器验证结果信息。验证信息存储部分120还保存验证处理部分115验证客户机终端2的用户所必需的其它验证信息。The authentication information storage section 120 temporarily stores server authentication result information issued by the authentication processing section 115 . The authentication information storage section 120 also holds other authentication information necessary for the authentication processing section 115 to authenticate the user of theclient terminal 2 .
(1-7)每个服务器的处理的简要概述(1-7) Brief overview of each server's processing
参见图8至图13所示的时序图，说明客户机终端2和门户服务器3之间的处理的简要概述。另外，将说明客户机终端2和其它服务器，比如音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2和无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3之间的处理的简要概述。Referring to the sequence diagrams shown in FIGS. 8 to 13, a brief overview of processing between theclient terminal 2 and theportal server 3 will be described. In addition, a brief overview of processing between theclient terminal 2 and other servers such as the music data delivery server SV1, product sales server SV2, and radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 will be explained.
(1-7-1)客户机终端2和门户服务器3之间的用户验证处理(1-7-1) User authentication processing betweenclient terminal 2 andportal server 3
参见图8，说明客户机终端2和门户服务器3之间的用户验证处理。Referring to FIG. 8, user authentication processing between theclient terminal 2 and theportal server 3 will be described.
当已与运营音乐相关服务提供系统1的公司签订合同的用户操作客户机终端2，从而打开客户机终端2时，客户机终端2的操作输入部分20检测操作输入信号。另一方面，当用户按下操作输入部分20的特定操作按钮时，操作输入部分20检测操作输入信号。输入处理部分21把操作输入信号转换成操作命令，并将操作命令提供给控制部分23。控制部分23于是开始验证请求处理。When a user who has signed a contract with a company operating the music-relatedservice providing system 1 operates theclient terminal 2 to thereby turn on theclient terminal 2, theoperation input section 20 of theclient terminal 2 detects an operation input signal. On the other hand, when the user presses a specific operation button of theoperation input section 20, theoperation input section 20 detects an operation input signal. Theinput processing section 21 converts the operation input signal into an operation command, and supplies the operation command to thecontrol section 23 . Thecontrol section 23 then starts authentication request processing.
在步骤SP1，在客户机终端2的控制部分23开始验证请求处理之后，客户机终端2的控制部分23产生连接请求信号，随后通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把连接请求信号传送给门户服务器3。连接请求信号包括临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的验证会话ID信息等。In step SP1, after thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 starts authentication request processing, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 generates a connection request signal, and then transmits the connection request signal to the portal through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33Server 3. The connection request signal includes authentication session ID information temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 and the like.
每次当建立客户机终端2和门户服务器3之间的通信连接，以便执行诸如用户验证处理之类的各种处理时，门户服务器3发出验证会话ID信息。验证会话ID信息识别每种通信连接状态(即，会话)。Theportal server 3 issues authentication session ID information every time a communication connection between theclient terminal 2 and theportal server 3 is established in order to perform various processing such as user authentication processing. The authentication session ID information identifies each communication connection state (ie, session).
对于用户验证处理等，验证会话ID信息具有一定的有效期。当门户服务器3发出验证会话ID信息时，所述有效期开始。所述有效期例如为1分钟。For user authentication processing and the like, the authentication session ID information has a certain validity period. The valid period starts when theportal server 3 sends out the authentication session ID message. The validity period is, for example, 1 minute.
在已从门户服务器3获得验证会话ID信息的客户机终端2不能在所述有效期内向门户服务器3提交验证会话ID信息的情况下，门户服务器3确定由验证会话ID信息识别的通信连接已中断。In a case where theclient terminal 2 having obtained the authentication session ID information from theportal server 3 cannot submit the authentication session ID information to theportal server 3 within the validity period, theportal server 3 determines that the communication connection identified by the authentication session ID information has been interrupted.
按照这种方式，门户服务器3防止发出的验证会话ID信息被未与运营音乐相关服务提供系统1的公司签订合同的某人不适当地用于用户验证处理等用途。In this way, theportal server 3 prevents the issued authentication session ID information from being improperly used for user authentication processing or the like by someone who does not have a contract with the company operating the music-relatedservice providing system 1 .
在这种情况下，验证信息存储部分38临时保存当在过去某一时刻，为了用户验证处理等目的而建立客户机终端2和门户服务器3之间的通信连接时，由门户服务器3发出的验证会话ID信息。In this case, the authenticationinformation storage section 38 temporarily holds authentication information issued by theportal server 3 when a communication connection between theclient terminal 2 and theportal server 3 was established for the purpose of user authentication processing or the like at a certain time in the past. Session ID information.
当客户机终端2传送连接请求信号时，在步骤SP2，门户服务器3的控制部分50通过网络接口 53和通信控制部分52接收连接请求信号。控制部分50随后把连接请求信号中的验证会话ID信息等传送给验证处理部分56。When theclient terminal 2 transmits the connection request signal, thecontrol section 50 of theportal server 3 receives the connection request signal through thenetwork interface 53 and thecommunication control section 52 at step SP2. Thecontrol section 50 then transmits the authentication session ID information and the like in the connection request signal to theauthentication processing section 56 .
在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56根据验证会话ID信息等进行验证处理。该验证会话ID信息以连接请求信号的形式从客户机终端2被接收。Under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 performs authentication processing based on authentication session ID information and the like. This authentication session ID information is received from theclient terminal 2 in the form of a connection request signal.
从而，当验证处理部分56确定客户机终端2的用户不合法时，控制部分50通过通信控制部分52和网络接口53，把表示验证出错的验证出错信息传送给客户机终端2。在这种情况下，当接收自客户机终端2的验证会话ID信息等期满时，或者当存在其它原因时，验证处理部分56确定用户不合法。Thus, when theauthentication processing section 56 determines that the user of theclient terminal 2 is not legitimate, thecontrol section 50 transmits authentication error information indicating an authentication error to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 52 and thenetwork interface 53. In this case, when the authentication session ID information or the like received from theclient terminal 2 expires, or when there is another reason, theauthentication processing section 56 determines that the user is not legitimate.
在步骤SP3，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从门户服务器3接收验证出错信息。控制部分23随后从验证信息存储部分38获得用户ID信息、口令信息等，并通过通信控制部分32和网络接口 33，把用户ID信息、口令信息等传送给门户服务器3。At step SP3, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives authentication error information from theportal server 3 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32. Thecontrol part 23 then obtains user ID information, password information, etc. from the verificationinformation storage part 38, and transmits the user ID information, password information, etc. to theportal server 3 through thecommunication control part 32 and thenetwork interface 33.
在步骤SP4，门户服务器3的控制部分50通过网络接口53和通信控制部分52，从客户机终端2接收用户ID信息、口令信息等，随后把用户ID信息、口令信息等提供给验证处理部分56。In step SP4, thecontrol section 50 of theportal server 3 receives user ID information, password information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 53 and thecommunication control section 52, and then supplies the user ID information, password information, etc. to theauthentication processing section 56 .
在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分56检查来自客户机终端2的用户ID信息、口令信息等是否存在于记录在客户数据库部分54中的客户信息中。Under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 executes user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, theauthentication processing section 56 checks whether user ID information, password information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 exist in the customer information recorded in thecustomer database section 54 .
从而，当验证处理部分56确定客户机终端2的用户合法时，在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56发出给客户机终端2的门户验证结果信息。在这种情况下，门户验证结果信息等同于识别在客户机终端2和门户服务器3之间正保持的通信连接的验证会话ID信息等。验证处理部分56随后临时把发出的验证会话ID信息等保存在验证信息存储部分57中。Thus, when theauthentication processing section 56 determines that the user of theclient terminal 2 is legitimate, theauthentication processing section 56 issues portal authentication result information to theclient terminal 2 under the control of thecontrol section 50 . In this case, the portal authentication result information is equivalent to authentication session ID information or the like identifying the communication connection being maintained between theclient terminal 2 and theportal server 3 . Theauthentication processing section 56 then temporarily stores the issued authentication session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 57 .
控制部分50随后通过通信控制部分52和网络接口53，把验证会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。验证会话ID信息等由验证处理部分56发给客户机终端2。Thecontrol section 50 then transmits authentication session ID information and the like to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 52 and thenetwork interface 53 . Authentication session ID information and the like are sent to theclient terminal 2 by theauthentication processing section 56 .
在步骤SP5，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从门户服务器3接收验证会话ID信息等，随后把验证会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分37。At step SP5, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives authentication session ID information and the like from theportal server 3 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32, and then supplies the authentication session ID information and the like to theauthentication processing section 37.
在控制部分23的控制下，验证处理部分37把从门户服务器3接收的验证会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。Under the control of thecontrol section 23 , theauthentication processing section 37 temporarily saves the authentication session ID information and the like received from theportal server 3 in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 .
控制部分23随后通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把页信息获取请求信号连同验证会话ID信息等(它们接收自门户服务器3，并临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中)一起传送给门户服务器3。页信息获取请求信号向门户服务器3请求页信息。Thecontrol section 23 then transmits the page information acquisition request signal together with authentication session ID information and the like (which are received from theportal server 3 and temporarily stored in the authentication information storage section 38) to the portal server through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 3. The page information acquisition request signal requests theportal server 3 for page information.
在步骤SP6，门户服务器3的控制部分50通过网络接口53和通信控制部分52，从客户机终端2接收页信息获取请求信号，验证会话ID信息等，随后把验证会话ID信息等传送给验证处理部分56。In step SP6, thecontrol section 50 of theportal server 3 receives a page information acquisition request signal from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 53 and thecommunication control section 52, verifies the session ID information and the like, and then transmits the verification session ID information and the like to theverification process Section 56.
在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56随后执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分56比较来自客户机终端2的验证会话ID信息等和临时保存在验证信息存储部分57中的验证会话ID信息等。在步骤SP4，临时保存在验证信息存储部分57中的信息被发给客户机终端2。Under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 then executes user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, theauthentication processing section 56 compares the authentication session ID information and the like from theclient terminal 2 with the authentication session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 57 . The information temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 57 is sent to theclient terminal 2 at step SP4.
在步骤SP7，当验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户合法时，验证处理部分56确定来自客户机终端2的页信息请求是合法的。验证处理部分56随后延长验证会话ID信息等的有效期。At step SP7, when the authentication result indicates that the user of theclient terminal 2 is legitimate, theauthentication processing section 56 determines that the page information request from theclient terminal 2 is legitimate. Theauthentication processing section 56 then extends the validity period of the authentication session ID information and the like.
于是，控制部分50从页信息存储部分55读取用户请求的页信息，并通过通信控制部分52和网络接口53，把页信息、验证会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。验证会话ID信息等使它们的有效期由验证处理部分56延长。Then, thecontrol section 50 reads the page information requested by the user from the pageinformation storage section 55 , and transmits the page information, authentication session ID information, etc. to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 52 and thenetwork interface 53 . Authentication session ID information and the like have their valid periods extended by theauthentication processing section 56 .
在步骤SP8，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从门户服务器3接收页信息、验证会话ID信息等。验证会话ID信息等使它们的有效期被延长。客户机终端2的控制部分23随后把页信息提供给页信息产生部分36。客户机终端2的控制部分23还把验证会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分37。At step SP8, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives page information, authentication session ID information, and the like from theportal server 3 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32. Authenticating session ID information and the like causes their validity periods to be extended. Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 then supplies the page information to the pageinformation generation section 36 . Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 also supplies authentication session ID information and the like to theauthentication processing section 37 .
页信息产生部分36根据来自控制部分23的页信息，产生包含到音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2和无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的链接的页的视频数据。页信息产生部分36随后把视频数据提供给显示控制部分24。The pageinformation generation section 36 generates video data of pages containing links to the music data delivery server SV1, product sales server SV2, and radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 based on the page information from thecontrol section 23. The pageinformation generation section 36 then supplies the video data to thedisplay control section 24 .
显示控制部分24对来自页信息产生部分36的视频数据执行数-模转换，从而产生模拟视频信号。显示控制部分24随后把模拟视频信号提供给显示部分25，显示部分25根据模拟视频信号，显示门户服务器3的页的图像。Thedisplay control section 24 performs digital-to-analog conversion on the video data from the pageinformation generating section 36, thereby generating an analog video signal. Thedisplay control section 24 then supplies the analog video signal to thedisplay section 25, and thedisplay section 25 displays the image of the page of theportal server 3 based on the analog video signal.
在控制部分23的控制下，验证处理部分37把验证会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。使它们的有效期被延长的验证会话ID信息等接收自门户服务器3。在这种情况下，验证会话ID信息等覆写先前临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的验证会话ID信息等。先前临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的信息等并不使有效期被延长。这样，在上述步骤SP5临时保存的验证会话ID信息等被更新为使它们的有效期被延长的验证会话ID信息等。Under the control of thecontrol section 23 , theauthentication processing section 37 temporarily saves authentication session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . Authentication session ID information and the like having their valid periods extended are received from theportal server 3 . In this case, the authentication session ID information and the like overwrite the authentication session ID information and the like previously temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . Information or the like previously temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 does not have the validity period extended. In this way, the authentication session ID information and the like temporarily held in the above-mentioned step SP5 are updated to the authentication session ID information and the like having their valid periods extended.
(1-7-2)客户机终端2和服务器SV1-SV3之间的用户验证处理的过程(1-7-2) Procedure of user authentication processing betweenclient terminal 2 and servers SV1-SV3
参见图9，说明在客户机终端2和音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2及无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3之间执行的用户验证处理。Referring to FIG. 9, user authentication processing performed between theclient terminal 2 and the music data delivery server SV1, product sales server SV2, and radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 will be described.
在这种情况下，当如上所述(图8)在从门户服务器3获得页信息之后，客户机终端2根据嵌入页信息中的链接，访问音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2和无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3时，执行所述用户验证处理。该用户验证处理也被称为“间接访问验证处理”。In this case, when the page information is obtained from theportal server 3 as described above (FIG. 8), theclient terminal 2 accesses the music data delivery server SV1, the product sales server SV2, and the radio station according to the link embedded in the page information. When the information delivery server SV3 executes the user authentication process. This user authentication processing is also referred to as "indirect access authentication processing".
另外，当客户机终端2在不从门户服务器3获得页信息的情况下，根据预先登记的URL信息等，直接访问音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2和无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3时，执行用户验证处理。这种用户验证处理还被称为“直接访问验证处理”。In addition, when theclient terminal 2 directly accesses the music data delivery server SV1, product sales server SV2, and radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 based on pre-registered URL information or the like without obtaining page information from theportal server 3, the execution User authentication processing. Such user authentication processing is also referred to as "direct access authentication processing".
在下述任意组合中可以执行间接访问验证处理：客户机终端2和音乐数据传送服务器SV1；客户机终端2和产品销售服务器SV2；客户机终端2和无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。The indirect access authentication process can be performed in any combination of: theclient terminal 2 and the music data delivery server SV1; theclient terminal 2 and the product sales server SV2; theclient terminal 2 and the radio information delivery server SV3.
在下述任意组合中还可以执行直接访问验证处理：客户机终端2和音乐数据传送服务器SV1；客户机终端2和产品销售服务器SV2；客户机终端2和无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。Direct access authentication processing can also be performed in any combination of: theclient terminal 2 and the music data delivery server SV1; theclient terminal 2 and the product sales server SV2; theclient terminal 2 and the radio information delivery server SV3.
间接访问验证处理和直接访问验证处理之间的差别是获得客户机终端2用于访问音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2和无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的URL信息的方式。在获得URL信息之后，间接访问验证处理和直接访问验证处理执行相同的过程。The difference between the indirect access authentication process and the direct access authentication process is the manner of obtaining URL information for theclient terminal 2 to access the music data delivery server SV1, product sales server SV2, and radio broadcast information delivery server SV3. After the URL information is obtained, the indirect access authentication processing and the direct access authentication processing perform the same procedure.
因此，为了便于说明，下面的描述使用客户机终端2访问的音乐数据传送服务器SV1。间接访问验证处理和直接访问验证处理将被总体描述成用户验证处理。Therefore, for convenience of explanation, the following description uses the music data delivery server SV1 accessed by theclient terminal 2 . The indirect access authentication processing and the direct access authentication processing will be collectively described as user authentication processing.
在步骤SP10，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把页信息获取请求信号，从验证信息存储部分38读取的服务会话ID信息等传送给音乐数据传送服务器SV1。此时，客户机终端2的控制部分23使用作为链接嵌入页信息中的URL信息、或者预先登记的URL信息。页信息获取请求信号请求音乐数据分发页信息(如果客户机终端2访问产品销售服务器SV2或无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3，那么页信息获取请求信号请求封装媒体销售页信息或广播列表信息分发页信息)。In step SP10, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 transmits the page information acquisition request signal, the service session ID information read from the authenticationinformation storage section 38, etc. to the music data delivery server SV1 through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33. . At this time, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 uses URL information embedded in page information as a link, or URL information registered in advance. Page information acquisition request signal requests music data distribution page information (ifclient terminal 2 accesses product sales server SV2 or radio broadcast information delivery server SV3, page information acquisition request signal requests packaging media sales page information or broadcast list information distribution page information) .
每次当建立客户机终端2和音乐数据传送服务器SV1、客户机终端2和产品销售服务器SV2、或客户机终端2和无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3之间的通信连接，以便执行诸如用户验证处理之类的各种处理时，连接的服务器SV1、SV2或SV3发出服务会话ID信息。服务会话ID信息识别每种通信连接状态(即，会话)。Every time when a communication connection is established between theclient terminal 2 and the music data delivery server SV1, theclient terminal 2 and the product sales server SV2, or theclient terminal 2 and the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3, in order to perform such as user authentication processing When performing various processes of the class, the connected server SV1, SV2 or SV3 sends out service session ID information. The service session ID information identifies each communication connection state (ie, session).
按照和上述验证会话ID信息相同的方式，服务会话ID信息具有用户验证处理等的一定有效期。当音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2或无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3发出服务会话ID信息时，所述有效期开始。例如，所述有效期为1分钟。In the same manner as the authentication session ID information described above, the service session ID information has a certain validity period for user authentication processing and the like. The effective period starts when the music data delivery server SV1, the product sales server SV2, or the radio information delivery server SV3 sends out the service session ID information. For example, the validity period is 1 minute.
在已具有服务器SV1、SV2或SV3发出的服务会话ID信息的客户机终端2不能在所述有效期内，向发出服务器SV1、SV2或SV3提交服务会话ID信息的情况下，发出服务器SV1、SV2或SV3确定由服务会话ID信息识别的通信连接已中断。In the case that theclient terminal 2 that already has the service session ID information issued by the server SV1, SV2 or SV3 cannot submit the service session ID information to the issuing server SV1, SV2 or SV3 within the validity period, the issuing server SV1, SV2 or SV3 determines that the communication connection identified by the service session ID information has been interrupted.
这样，音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2或无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3防止发出的验证会话ID信息被未与运营音乐相关服务提供系统1的公司签订合同的某人不适当地用于用户验证处理等用途。In this way, the music data delivery server SV1, product sales server SV2, or radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 prevents the issued authentication session ID information from being improperly used for user authentication by someone who has not signed a contract with the company operating the music-relatedservice providing system 1 processing etc.
在这种情况下，当在过去某一时刻，为了用户验证处理等目的而建立客户机终端2和服务器SV1、客户机终端2和服务器SV2、或者客户机终端2和服务器SV3之间的通信连接时，临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的服务会话ID信息由音乐数据传送服务器SV1、产品销售服务器SV2或无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3发出。In this case, when a communication connection between theclient terminal 2 and the server SV1, theclient terminal 2 and the server SV2, or theclient terminal 2 and the server SV3 was established for the purpose of user authentication processing or the like at a certain point in the past At this time, the service session ID information temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 is issued by the music data delivery server SV1, the product sales server SV2 or the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3.
在步骤SP11，音乐数据传送服务器SV1的控制部分70通过网络接口73和通信控制部分72从客户机终端2接收页信息获取请求信号、服务会话ID信息等。音乐数据传送服务器SV1的控制部分70随后把服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分75。In step SP11, thecontrol section 70 of the music data delivery server SV1 receives a page information acquisition request signal, service session ID information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 73 and thecommunication control section 72. Thecontrol section 70 of the music data delivery server SV1 then supplies the service session ID information and the like to theauthentication processing section 75 .
在控制部分70的控制下，验证处理部分75执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分75比较来自客户机终端2的服务会话ID信息等与临时保存在验证信息存储部分77中的服务会话ID信息等。Under the control of thecontrol section 70, theauthentication processing section 75 executes user authentication processing. In user authentication processing, theauthentication processing section 75 compares the service session ID information and the like from theclient terminal 2 with the service session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 77 .
从而，如果验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户不合法，那么验证处理部分75确定来自客户机终端2的对音乐数据分发页信息的请求不合法。例如，当来自客户机终端2的服务会话ID信息已期满时，验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户不合法。Thus, if the authentication result indicates that the user of theclient terminal 2 is not legitimate, theauthentication processing section 75 determines that the request for music data distribution page information from theclient terminal 2 is not legitimate. For example, when the service session ID information from theclient terminal 2 has expired, the verification result indicates that the user of theclient terminal 2 is not legitimate.
控制部分70随后通过通信控制部分72和网络接口73，把表示验证出错的验证出错信息、和识别音乐数据传送服务器SV1的商店代码传送给客户机终端2，因为验证处理部分75确定客户机终端2的用户不合法。Thecontrol section 70 then transmits to theclient terminal 2, via thecommunication control section 72 and thenetwork interface 73, authentication error information indicating an authentication error, and a store code identifying the music data delivery server SV1, because theauthentication processing section 75 determines that theclient terminal 2 The user is invalid.
在步骤SP12，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收验证出错信息和商店代码。客户机终端2的控制部分23随后根据验证出错信息，认识到用户未被验证为合法用户，随后把来自音乐数据传送服务器SV1的商店代码临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。At step SP12, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives the authentication error information and the store code from the music data delivery server SV1 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32. Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 then recognizes that the user is not authenticated as a legitimate user based on the authentication error information, and then temporarily saves the shop code from the music data delivery server SV1 in the authenticationinformation storage section 38.
控制部分23随后产生鉴权票证发行请求信号。鉴权票证发行请求信号请求用于访问音乐数据传送服务器SV1的鉴权票证的发行。控制部分23随后通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把鉴权票证发行请求信号、音乐数据传送服务器SV1的商店代码、临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的验证会话ID信息等传送给门户服务器3。Thecontrol section 23 then generates an authentication ticket issue request signal. The authentication ticket issuance request signal requests the issuance of an authentication ticket for accessing the music data delivery server SV1. Thecontrol section 23 then transmits the authentication ticket issue request signal, the store code of the music data delivery server SV1, the authentication session ID information temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38, etc. to the portal server through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 3.
在步骤SP13，门户服务器3的控制部分50通过网络接口53和通信控制部分52，从客户机终端2接收鉴权票证发行请求信号、商店代码、验证会话ID信息等，随后把接收的信息提供给验证处理部分56。In step SP13, thecontrol section 50 of theportal server 3 receives an authentication ticket issuance request signal, a store code, authentication session ID information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 53 and thecommunication control section 52, and then provides the received information toAuthentication processing section 56 .
在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分56比较来自客户机终端2的验证会话ID信息等与临时保存在验证信息存储部分57中的验证会话ID信息等。Under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 executes user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, theauthentication processing section 56 compares the authentication session ID information and the like from theclient terminal 2 with the authentication session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 57 .
从而，如果验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户不合法，那么验证处理部分56确定来自客户机终端2接收的对鉴权票证的请求不合法。例如，当来自客户机终端2的验证会话ID信息期满时，验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户不合法。Thus, if the authentication result shows that the user of theclient terminal 2 is not legitimate, theauthentication processing section 56 determines that the request for the authentication ticket received from theclient terminal 2 is not legitimate. For example, when the authentication session ID information from theclient terminal 2 expires, the authentication result indicates that the user of theclient terminal 2 is not legitimate.
控制部分50随后通过通信控制部分52和网络接口53，把表示验证出错的验证出错信息传送给客户机终端2，因为验证处理部分56确定客户机终端2的用户不合法。Thecontrol section 50 then transmits authentication error information indicating an authentication error to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 52 and thenetwork interface 53 because theauthentication processing section 56 determines that the user of theclient terminal 2 is not legitimate.
而如果验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户合法，那么验证处理部分56确定来自客户机终端2的对鉴权票证的请求合法。例如，当来自客户机终端2的验证会话ID信息未满期时，验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户合法。And if the authentication result shows that the user of theclient terminal 2 is legitimate, theauthentication processing section 56 determines that the request for the authentication ticket from theclient terminal 2 is legitimate. For example, when the authentication session ID information from theclient terminal 2 has not expired, the authentication result indicates that the user of theclient terminal 2 is legitimate.
在来自验证处理部分56的验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户合法的情况下，控制部分50进入下面说明的步骤SP18。In a case where the authentication result from theauthentication processing section 56 indicates that the user of theclient terminal 2 is legitimate, thecontrol section 50 proceeds to step SP18 described below.
在步骤SP14，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从门户服务器3接收验证出错信息。客户机终端2的控制部分23随后从验证信息存储部分38读取用户ID信息、口令信息等，并通过通信控制接口32和网络接口33，把用户ID信息、口令信息等传送给门户服务器3。At step SP14, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives authentication error information from theportal server 3 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32. Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 then reads user ID information, password information, etc. from the authenticationinformation storage section 38, and transmits the user ID information, password information, etc. to theportal server 3 through thecommunication control interface 32 and thenetwork interface 33.
在步骤SP15，门户服务器3的控制部分50通过网络接口53和通信控制部分52，从客户机终端2接收用户ID信息、口令信息等，随后把用户ID信息、口令信息等提供给验证处理部分56。In step SP15, thecontrol section 50 of theportal server 3 receives user ID information, password information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 53 and thecommunication control section 52, and then supplies the user ID information, password information, etc. to theauthentication processing section 56 .
于是，在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分56检查来自客户机终端2的用户ID信息、口令信息等是否存在于在客户数据库部分54中记录的客户信息中。Then, under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 executes user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, theauthentication processing section 56 checks whether user ID information, password information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 exist in the customer information recorded in thecustomer database section 54 .
从而，如果验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户合法，那么在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56发出目前在客户机终端2和门户服务器3之间保持的通信连接的验证会话ID信息(门户验证结果信息)等。验证处理部分56随后把发给客户机终端2的验证会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分57中。Thereby, if the verification result shows that the user of theclient terminal 2 is legal, then under the control of thecontrol section 50, theverification processing section 56 sends out verification session ID information ( Portal verification result information), etc. Theauthentication processing section 56 then temporarily saves the authentication session ID information and the like issued to theclient terminal 2 in the authenticationinformation storage section 57 .
控制部分50随后通过通信控制部分52和网络接口53，把验证处理部分56发给客户机终端2的验证会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。Thecontrol section 50 then transmits the authentication session ID information and the like sent to theclient terminal 2 by theauthentication processing section 56 to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 52 and thenetwork interface 53 .
在步骤SP16，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从门户服务器3接收验证会话ID信息等，随后通过验证处理部分37，把验证会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。In step SP16, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives authentication session ID information and the like from theportal server 3 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32, and then temporarily stores the authentication session ID information and the like in theauthentication processing section 37 through theauthentication processing section 37. In theinformation storage part 38.
控制部分23随后重新产生请求鉴权票证的发行的鉴权票证发行请求信号。控制部分23随后通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把鉴权票证发行请求信号、临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的商店代码、此时临时保存的验证会话ID信息等传送给门户服务器3。Thecontrol section 23 then regenerates an authentication ticket issue request signal requesting issuance of an authentication ticket. Thecontrol section 23 then transmits the authentication ticket issuance request signal, the store code temporarily stored in the verificationinformation storage section 38, the verification session ID information temporarily saved at this time, etc. to theportal server 3 through thecommunication control part 32 and thenetwork interface 33 .
在本实施例中，客户机终端2把商店代码临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。但是，本发明并不局限于此。在执行步骤SP12-SP16的处理的时候，客户机终端2可再次与门户服务器3交换商店代码。这允许客户机终端2在步骤SP16把商店代码传送给门户服务器3，而不把其临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。In this embodiment, theclient terminal 2 temporarily stores the store code in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . However, the present invention is not limited thereto. While performing the processing of steps SP12-SP16, theclient terminal 2 can exchange the store code with theportal server 3 again. This allows theclient terminal 2 to transmit the shop code to theportal server 3 at step SP16 without temporarily storing it in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 .
在步骤SP17，门户服务器3的控制部分50通过网络接口53和通信控制部分52，从客户机终端2接收鉴权票证发行请求信号、商店代码、验证会话ID信息等，随后把接收的信息提供给验证处理部分56。In step SP17, thecontrol section 50 of theportal server 3 receives an authentication ticket issuance request signal, a store code, authentication session ID information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 53 and thecommunication control section 52, and then provides the received information toAuthentication processing section 56 .
在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分56比较来自客户机终端2的验证会话ID信息等与临时保存在验证信息存储部分57中的验证会话ID信息等。Under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 executes user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, theauthentication processing section 56 compares the authentication session ID information and the like from theclient terminal 2 with the authentication session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 57 .
如果验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户合法，那么验证处理部分56确定来自客户机终端2的对鉴权票证的请求合法。例如，在来自客户机终端2的验证会话ID信息还未满期的情况下，验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户合法。If the authentication result shows that the user of theclient terminal 2 is legitimate, theauthentication processing section 56 determines that the request for the authentication ticket from theclient terminal 2 is legitimate. For example, in a case where the authentication session ID information from theclient terminal 2 has not yet expired, the authentication result indicates that the user of theclient terminal 2 is legitimate.
随后，控制部分50进入步骤SP18，因为客户机终端2的用户被验证处理部分56验证为合法用户。Subsequently, thecontrol section 50 proceeds to step SP18 because the user of theclient terminal 2 is authenticated by theauthentication processing section 56 as a legitimate user.
在步骤SP18，在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56根据通过上述步骤SP17的处理，从客户机终端2接收的商店代码和鉴权票证发行请求信号，发出鉴权票证(即，门户验证结果信息)等。鉴权票证允许客户机终端2访问对应于商店代码的音乐数据传送服务器SV1。In step SP18, under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 issues an authentication ticket (i.e., portal authentication) based on the shop code received from theclient terminal 2 through the processing of the above-mentioned step SP17 and the authentication ticket issuance request signal. result information), etc. The authentication ticket allows theclient terminal 2 to access the music data delivery server SV1 corresponding to the store code.
在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56把发出的鉴权票证等临时保存在验证信息存储部分57中，随后延长发给客户机终端2的验证会话ID信息等的有效期。Under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 temporarily stores the issued authentication ticket etc. in the authenticationinformation storage section 57, and then extends the valid period of the authentication session ID information etc. issued to theclient terminal 2.
控制部分50随后通过通信控制部分52和网络接口53，把鉴权票证、其有效期由验证处理部分56延长的验证会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。Thecontrol section 50 then transmits the authentication ticket, authentication session ID information whose validity period is extended by theauthentication processing section 56 , and the like to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 52 and thenetwork interface 53 .
在步骤SP19，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从门户服务器3接收鉴权票证、其有效期被延长的验证会话ID信息等，随后把验证会话ID信息提供给验证处理部分37。In step SP19, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives the authentication ticket, the authentication session ID information whose valid period is extended, etc. from theportal server 3 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32, and then provides the authentication session ID information toAuthentication processing section 37 .
控制部分23通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把从门户服务器3接收的鉴权票证、验证请求信号等传送给音乐数据传送服务器SV1。Thecontrol section 23 transmits the authentication ticket, authentication request signal, etc. received from theportal server 3 to the music data delivery server SV1 through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 .
此时，在控制部分23的控制下，验证处理部分37把验证会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。其有效期被延长的验证会话ID信息等接收自门户服务器3。在这种情况下，验证会话ID信息等覆写先前临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的验证会话ID信息等。先前临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的信息等并不使有效期被延长。这样，在上述步骤SP16临时保存的验证会话ID信息等被更新为使它们的有效期被延长的验证会话ID信息等。At this time, under the control of thecontrol section 23 , theauthentication processing section 37 temporarily saves the authentication session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . Authentication session ID information and the like whose validity period is extended are received from theportal server 3 . In this case, the authentication session ID information and the like overwrite the authentication session ID information and the like previously temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . Information or the like previously temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 does not have the validity period extended. In this way, the authentication session ID information and the like temporarily held in the above-mentioned step SP16 are updated to the authentication session ID information and the like having their valid periods extended.
在步骤SP20，音乐数据传送服务器SV1的控制部分70通过网络接口73和通信控制部分72，从客户机终端2接收验证请求信号、鉴权票证等。At step SP20, thecontrol section 70 of the music data delivery server SV1 receives an authentication request signal, an authentication ticket, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 73 and thecommunication control section 72.
控制部分70随后通过通信控制部分72和网络接口73，把接收自客户机终端2的鉴权票证、请求鉴权票证的确认的鉴权票证确认请求信号等传送给门户服务器3。Thecontrol section 70 then transmits the authentication ticket received from theclient terminal 2, an authentication ticket confirmation request signal requesting confirmation of the authentication ticket, etc. to theportal server 3 through thecommunication control section 72 and thenetwork interface 73.
在步骤SP21，门户服务器3的控制部分50通过网络接口53和通信控制部分52从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收鉴权票证确认请求信号、鉴权票证等。门户服务器3的控制部分50随后把鉴权票证确认请求信号、鉴权票证等提供给验证处理部分56。At step SP21, thecontrol section 50 of theportal server 3 receives an authentication ticket confirmation request signal, an authentication ticket, etc. from the music data delivery server SV1 through thenetwork interface 53 and thecommunication control section 52. Thecontrol section 50 of theportal server 3 then supplies the authentication ticket confirmation request signal, the authentication ticket, etc. to theauthentication processing section 56 .
响应鉴权票证确认请求信号，在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56执行确认处理，以确认从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收的鉴权票证。在确认处理中，验证处理部分56比较来自音乐数据传送服务器SV1的鉴权票证等与临时保存在验证信息存储部分57中的鉴权票证等。In response to the authentication ticket confirmation request signal, under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 executes confirmation processing to confirm the authentication ticket received from the music data delivery server SV1. In the confirmation process, theauthentication processing section 56 compares the authentication ticket or the like from the music data delivery server SV1 with the authentication ticket or the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 57 .
如果验证处理部分56的确认结果表明来自音乐数据传送服务器SV1的鉴权票证等合法，那么控制部分50通过通信控制部分52和网络接口53，把确认结果信息传送给音乐数据传送服务器SV1。在这种情况下，确认结果信息表明鉴权票证等合法。If the confirmation result of theverification processing section 56 shows that the authentication ticket etc. from the music data delivery server SV1 is legal, thecontrol section 50 transmits the confirmation result information to the music data delivery server SV1 through thecommunication control section 52 and thenetwork interface 53. In this case, the confirmation result information indicates that the authentication ticket and the like are legal.
在步骤SP22，音乐数据传送服务器SV1的控制部分70通过网络接口73和通信控制部分72，从门户服务器3接收确认结果信息，随后把确认结果信息提供给验证处理部分75。In step SP22, thecontrol section 70 of the music data delivery server SV1 receives the confirmation result information from theportal server 3 through thenetwork interface 73 and thecommunication control section 72, and then supplies the confirmation result information to theauthentication processing section 75.
响应确认结果信息，在控制部分70的控制下，验证处理部分75发出目前在客户机终端2和音乐数据传送服务器SV1之间保持的通信连接的服务会话ID信息(即，服务器验证结果信息)等。验证处理部分75随后把发出的服务会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分77中。In response to the confirmation result information, under the control of thecontrol section 70, theauthentication processing section 75 issues service session ID information (ie, server authentication result information) etc. of the communication connection currently held between theclient terminal 2 and the music data delivery server SV1. . Theauthentication processing section 75 then temporarily saves the issued service session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 77 .
控制部分70通过通信控制部分72和网络接口73，把验证处理部分75发给客户机终端2的服务会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。Thecontrol section 70 transmits the service session ID information and the like sent to theclient terminal 2 by theauthentication processing section 75 to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 72 and thenetwork interface 73 .
在步骤SP23，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收服务会话ID信息等，随后利用验证处理部分37，把服务会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。In step SP23, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives the service session ID information and the like from the music data delivery server SV1 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32, and then uses theauthentication processing section 37 to temporarily save the service session ID information and the like. In the authenticationinformation storage section 38.
于是，控制部分23通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把请求音乐数据分发页信息的页信息获取请求信号、服务会话ID信息等传送给音乐数据传送服务器SV1。服务会话ID信息接收自音乐数据传送服务器SV1，随后被临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。Then, thecontrol section 23 transmits a page information acquisition request signal requesting music data distribution page information, service session ID information, etc. to the music data delivery server SV1 via thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 . The service session ID information is received from the music data delivery server SV1, and then temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38.
在步骤SP24中，音乐数据传送服务器SV1的控制部分70通过网络接口73和通信控制部分72，从客户机终端2接收页信息获取请求信号、服务会话ID信息等，随后把服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分75。In step SP24, thecontrol section 70 of the music data delivery server SV1 receives a page information acquisition request signal, service session ID information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 73 and thecommunication control section 72, and then provides the service session ID information, etc. To theauthentication processing part 75.
在控制部分70的控制下，验证处理部分75执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分75比较从客户机终端2接收的服务会话ID信息等与临时保存在验证信息存储部分77中的服务会话ID信息等。临时保存在验证信息存储部分77中的信息由上述步骤SP22的步骤发给客户机终端2。Under the control of thecontrol section 70, theauthentication processing section 75 executes user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, theauthentication processing section 75 compares the service session ID information and the like received from theclient terminal 2 with the service session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 77 . The information temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 77 is sent to theclient terminal 2 by the above step SP22.
如果验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户合法，那么验证处理部分75确定来自客户机终端2的对音乐数据分发页信息的请求合法。例如，当来自客户机终端2的服务会话ID信息等还未满期时，验证结果表明客户机终端2的用户合法。If the authentication result shows that the user of theclient terminal 2 is legitimate, theauthentication processing section 75 determines that the request for music data distribution page information from theclient terminal 2 is legitimate. For example, when the service session ID information etc. from theclient terminal 2 has not expired, the verification result shows that the user of theclient terminal 2 is legitimate.
随后，控制部分70进入步骤SP25，因为客户机终端2的用户被验证处理部分75验证为合法用户。Subsequently, thecontrol section 70 proceeds to step SP25 because the user of theclient terminal 2 is authenticated by theauthentication processing section 75 as a legitimate user.
在步骤SP25，控制部分70从页信息存储部分76读出用户请求的音乐数据分发页信息。控制部分70还通过验证处理部分75延长发给客户机终端2的服务会话ID信息等的有效期。At step SP25 , thecontrol section 70 reads out the music data distribution page information requested by the user from the pageinformation storage section 76 . Thecontrol section 70 also extends the validity period of the service session ID information and the like issued to theclient terminal 2 through theauthentication processing section 75 .
控制部分70随后通过通信控制部分72和网络接口73，把从页信息存储部分76读取的音乐数据分发页信息、其有效期被验证处理部分75延长的服务会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。Thecontrol section 70 then transmits the music data distribution page information read from the pageinformation storage section 76, the service session ID information whose validity period is extended by theauthentication processing section 75, and the like to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 72 and thenetwork interface 73. .
在步骤SP26，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收音乐数据分发页信息、其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等。客户机终端2的控制部分23随后把音乐数据分发页信息提供给页信息产生部分36。客户机终端2的控制部分23还把从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收的服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分37。At step SP26, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives music data distribution page information, service session ID information whose validity period is extended, etc. from the music data delivery server SV1 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32. Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 then supplies the music data distribution page information to the pageinformation generation section 36 . Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 also supplies the service session ID information and the like received from the music data delivery server SV1 to theauthentication processing section 37 .
在控制部分23的控制下，验证处理部分37把服务会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等接收自音乐数据传送服务器SV1。在这种情况下，服务会话ID信息等覆写先前临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的服务会话ID信息等。先前临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的信息并不使有效期被延长。这样，上述步骤SP23临时保存的服务会话ID信息等被更新为其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息。Under the control of thecontrol section 23 , theauthentication processing section 37 temporarily saves service session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . The service session ID information and the like whose valid period is extended are received from the music data delivery server SV1. In this case, the service session ID information and the like overwrite the service session ID information and the like previously temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . The information previously temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 does not have the validity period extended. In this way, the service session ID information etc. temporarily saved in the above-mentioned step SP23 is updated with the service session ID information whose validity period is extended.
页信息产生部分36根据音乐数据分发页信息产生视频数据，随后把视频数据提供给显示控制部分24。The pageinformation generation section 36 generates video data based on the music data distribution page information, and then supplies the video data to thedisplay control section 24 .
显示控制部分24对从页信息产生部分36供给的视频数据执行数-模转换，以便产生模拟视频信号。显示控制部分24随后把模拟视频信号提供给显示部分25。显示部分25根据模拟视频信号，显示音乐数据分发页的图像。Thedisplay control section 24 performs digital-to-analog conversion on the video data supplied from the pageinformation generating section 36 to generate an analog video signal. Thedisplay control section 24 then supplies the analog video signal to thedisplay section 25 . Thedisplay section 25 displays an image of a music data distribution page based on an analog video signal.
(1-7-3)音乐相关服务提供处理(1-7-3) Provision of music-related services
在完成客户机终端2与音乐数据传送服务器SV1，客户机终端2与产品销售服务器SV2，或者客户机终端2与无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3之间的用户验证处理(图9)之后，执行音乐相关服务提供处理。参见图10-13，在下面的情形下说明音乐相关服务提供处理：客户机终端2通过在用户验证处理期间从音乐数据传送服务器SV1获得的音乐数据分发页信息，接收音乐数据分发服务；客户机终端2通过在用户验证处理期间从产品销售服务器SV2获得的封装媒体销售页信息，接收销售服务；和客户机终端2通过在用户验证处理期间从无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3获得的广播列表信息分发页信息，接收无线电广播信息分发服务。After completing the user authentication process (FIG. 9) between theclient terminal 2 and the music data delivery server SV1, theclient terminal 2 and the product sales server SV2, or theclient terminal 2 and the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3, the music correlation is performed. Service Provider Processing. Referring to FIGS. 10-13, the music-related service providing process is explained in the following situation: theclient terminal 2 receives the music data distribution service through the music data distribution page information obtained from the music data delivery server SV1 during the user authentication process; Theterminal 2 receives the sales service through the package media sales page information obtained from the product sales server SV2 during the user authentication process; and theclient terminal 2 distributes the page through the broadcast list information obtained from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 during the user authentication process information, to receive radio broadcast information distribution services.
(1-7-3-1)音乐数据分发服务提供处理(1-7-3-1) Music data distribution service provision process
参见图10，说明音乐数据分发服务提供处理。在音乐数据分发服务提供处理中，客户机终端2从音乐数据分发服务器SV1接收音乐数据分发服务。Referring to Fig. 10, the music data distribution service providing process will be described. In the music data distribution service providing process, theclient terminal 2 receives the music data distribution service from the music data distribution server SV1.
在步骤SP30，如果通过输入处理部分21输入选择显示成显示部分25上的图像的音乐数据分发页的一部分的控制命令，那么客户机终端2的控制部分23产生请求下载用户想要下载的音乐数据的下载请求信号。In step SP30, if a control command to select a part of the music data distribution page displayed as an image on thedisplay section 25 is input through theinput processing section 21, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 generates a request to download the music data that the user wants to download. download request signal.
控制部分23随后通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把下载请求信号、服务会话ID信息等传送给音乐数据传送服务器SV1。服务会话ID信息由音乐数据传送服务器SV1发出，并且随后被临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。Thecontrol section 23 then transmits a download request signal, service session ID information, etc. to the music data delivery server SV1 through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 . The service session ID information is issued by the music data delivery server SV1, and then temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38.
在步骤SP31，音乐数据传送服务器SV1的控制部分70通过网络接口73和通信控制部分72从客户机终端2接收下载请求信号、服务会话ID信息等，随后把服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分75。In step SP31, thecontrol section 70 of the music data delivery server SV1 receives a download request signal, service session ID information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 73 and thecommunication control section 72, and then supplies the service session ID information, etc. to theauthentication processing section 75.
在控制部分70的控制下，验证处理部分75执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分75比较从客户机终端2接收的服务会话ID信息等与临时保存在验证信息存储部分77中的那些信息。Under the control of thecontrol section 70, theauthentication processing section 75 executes user authentication processing. In user authentication processing, theauthentication processing section 75 compares the service session ID information and the like received from theclient terminal 2 with those temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 77 .
如果验证处理部分75验证用户是合法用户，那么控制部分70进入步骤S32。这种情况下，用户已通过客户机终端2请求音乐数据的下载。If theauthentication processing section 75 authenticates that the user is a legitimate user, thecontrol section 70 proceeds to step S32. In this case, the user has requested downloading of music data through theclient terminal 2 .
在步骤S32，检索部分79根据下载请求信号中的检索关键字执行搜索处理。在搜索处理中，检索部分79搜索保存在音乐数据存储部分78中的多个音乐数据，寻找和检索关键字指示的检索条件对应并且用户想要下载的音乐数据。In step S32, theretrieval section 79 executes a search process based on the retrieval key in the download request signal. In the search process, theretrieval section 79 searches a plurality of music data stored in the musicdata storage section 78 for music data corresponding to the retrieval condition indicated by the retrieval keyword and which the user wants to download.
当检索部分79找到了音乐数据时，控制部分70利用验证处理部分75延长发给客户机终端2的服务会话ID信息等的有效期，随后进入步骤SP33。When theretrieval section 79 finds the music data, thecontrol section 70 extends the valid period of the service session ID information etc. issued to theclient terminal 2 with theauthentication processing section 75, and then proceeds to step SP33.
在步骤SP33，控制部分70从音乐数据存储部分78读取用户想要下载并且检索部分79找到的音乐数据。控制部分70随后通过通信控制部分72和网络接口73，把音乐数据、其有效期已被验证处理部分75延长的服务会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。At step SP33, thecontrol section 70 reads from the musicdata storage section 78 the music data that the user wants to download and theretrieval section 79 finds it. Thecontrol section 70 then transmits the music data, the service session ID information whose validity period has been extended by theauthentication processing section 75 , etc. to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 72 and thenetwork interface 73 .
在步骤SP34，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收用户想要下载的音乐数据、其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等。客户机终端2的控制部分23随后把音乐数据保存在存储介质29中。客户机终端2的控制部分23还把从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收的服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分37。In step SP34, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives music data the user wants to download, service session ID information whose validity period is extended, and the like from the music data delivery server SV1 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32. Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 then saves the music data in thestorage medium 29 . Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 also supplies the service session ID information and the like received from the music data delivery server SV1 to theauthentication processing section 37 .
在控制部分23的控制下，验证处理部分37暂时把服务会话ID信息等保存在验证信息存储部分38中。有效期已被延长的服务会话ID信息等接收自音乐数据传送服务器SV1。在这种情况下，服务会话ID信息等覆写先前暂时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的那些信息。先前暂时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的信息的有效期未被延长。这样，暂时保存的服务会话ID信息等被更新为有效期延长的那些信息。Under the control of thecontrol section 23 , theauthentication processing section 37 temporarily saves the service session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . Service session ID information and the like whose validity period has been extended are received from the music data delivery server SV1. In this case, the service session ID information and the like overwrite those previously temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . The validity period of the information previously temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 is not extended. In this way, the temporarily saved service session ID information and the like are updated to those whose validity period is extended.
如上所述，通过利用音乐数据传送服务器SV1提供的音乐数据分发服务，客户机终端2能够下载用户想要获得的音乐数据。As described above, by utilizing the music data distribution service provided by the music data delivery server SV1, theclient terminal 2 can download music data that the user wants to obtain.
(1-7-3-2)产品销售服务提供处理(1-7-3-2) Processing of product sales service provision
参见图11，说明产品销售服务提供处理。在产品销售服务提供处理中，客户机终端2从产品销售服务器SV2接收产品销售服务。Referring to Fig. 11, the product sales service providing process will be described. In the product sales service providing process, theclient terminal 2 receives the product sales service from the product sales server SV2.
在步骤SP40，如果通过输入处理部分21输入选择显示成显示部分25上的图像的封装媒体销售页信息的一部分的控制命令，那么客户机终端2的控制部分23产生媒体信息请求信号。媒体信息请求信号请求与对应于控制命令的特定封装媒体相关的封装媒体信息。In step SP40, if a control command to select a part of packaged media sales page information displayed as an image on thedisplay section 25 is input through theinput processing section 21, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 generates a media information request signal. The media information request signal requests encapsulated media information related to specific encapsulated media corresponding to the control command.
控制部分23随后通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把媒体信息请求信号、服务会话ID信息等传送给产品销售服务器SV2。服务会话ID信息由产品销售服务器SV2发出，随后被临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。Thecontrol section 23 then transmits the media information request signal, service session ID information, etc. to the product sales server SV2 through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 . The service session ID information is issued by the product sales server SV2, and then temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38.
在步骤SP41，产品销售服务器SV2的控制部分90通过网络接口93和通信控制部分92，从客户机终端2接收媒体信息请求信号、服务会话ID信息等，随后把服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分95。In step SP41, the control section 90 of the product sales server SV2 receives the media information request signal, the service session ID information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through the network interface 93 and the communication control section 92, and then supplies the service session ID information, etc. to the authentication process Section 95.
在控制部分90的控制下，验证处理部分95执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分95比较从客户机终端2接收的服务会话ID信息等与临时保存在验证信息存储部分97中的服务会话ID信息等。Under the control of the control section 90, the authentication processing section 95 executes user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, the authentication processing section 95 compares the service session ID information and the like received from theclient terminal 2 with the service session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authentication information storage section 97 .
如果验证处理部分95验证用户是合法用户，那么控制部分90进入步骤SP42。在这种情况下，用户已利用客户机终端2请求与封装媒体相关的封装媒体信息。If the authentication processing section 95 authenticates that the user is a legitimate user, the control section 90 proceeds to step SP42. In this case, the user has used theclient terminal 2 to request packaged media information related to packaged media.
在步骤SP42，检索部分99根据媒体信息请求信号中的检索关键字，执行搜索处理。在搜索处理中，检索部分99搜索保存在封装媒体信息存储部分98中的多条封装媒体信息，寻找与检索关键字表示的检索条件对应的某条封装媒体信息。At step SP42, the retrieval section 99 executes a search process based on the retrieval key in the media information request signal. In the search process, the retrieval section 99 searches a plurality of pieces of packaged media information stored in the packaged media information storage section 98 for a certain piece of packaged media information corresponding to the retrieval condition indicated by the retrieval key.
当检索部分99找到该条封装媒体信息时，控制部分90通过验证处理部分95延长发给客户机终端2的服务会话ID信息等的有效期，随后进入步骤SP43。When the retrieval section 99 finds the piece of encapsulated media information, the control section 90 extends the validity period of the service session ID information etc. sent to theclient terminal 2 by the authentication processing section 95, and then proceeds to step SP43.
在步骤SP43，控制部分90从封装媒体信息存储部分98读出检索部分99找到的封装媒体信息。控制部分90随后通过通信控制部分92和网络接口93，把封装媒体信息、其有效期被验证处理部分95延长的服务会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。At step SP43 , the control section 90 reads out from the package medium information storage section 98 the package medium information found by the retrieval section 99 . The control section 90 then transmits the encapsulated media information, the service session ID information whose validity period is extended by the authentication processing section 95 , and the like to theclient terminal 2 through the communication control section 92 and the network interface 93 .
在步骤SP44，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从产品销售服务器SV2接收封装媒体信息、其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等，随后把封装媒体信息提供给页信息产生部分36。客户机终端2的控制部分23还把从产品销售服务器SV2接收的服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分37。In step SP44, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives packaged media information, service session ID information whose valid period is extended, etc. from the product sales server SV2 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32, and then provides the packaged media information to The pageinformation generation section 36 . Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 also supplies the service session ID information and the like received from the product sales server SV2 to theauthentication processing section 37 .
在控制部分23的控制下，验证处理部分37把服务会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等接收自产品销售服务器SV2。在这种情况下，服务会话ID信息等覆写预先临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的服务会话ID信息等。预先临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的信息并不使它们的有效期被延长。这样，临时保存的服务会话ID信息等被更新为其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等。Under the control of thecontrol section 23 , theauthentication processing section 37 temporarily saves service session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . The service session ID information and the like whose valid period is extended are received from the product sales server SV2. In this case, the service session ID information and the like overwrite the service session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 in advance. The information temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 in advance does not have their effective period extended. In this way, the temporarily saved service session ID information and the like are updated with service session ID information and the like whose validity period is extended.
页信息产生部分36根据从控制部分23供给的封装媒体信息，产生视频数据。页信息产生部分36随后通过显示控制部分24把视频数据转换成模拟视频信号，随后把模拟视频信号提供给显示部分25。The pageinformation generation section 36 generates video data based on the package media information supplied from thecontrol section 23 . The pageinformation generation section 36 then converts the video data into an analog video signal through thedisplay control section 24 , and then supplies the analog video signal to thedisplay section 25 .
在显示部分25开始根据模拟视频信号显示封装媒体信息的图像之后，控制部分23进入步骤SP45。After thedisplay section 25 starts displaying the image of the encapsulated media information based on the analog video signal, thecontrol section 23 proceeds to step SP45.
在步骤SP45，如果通过输入处理部分21输入请求购买和显示为显示部分25上的图像的封装媒体信息对应的封装媒体的控制命令，那么控制部分23响应所述控制命令，产生请求购买封装媒体的购买请求信号。In step SP45, if a control command requesting purchase of packaged media corresponding to the packaged media information displayed as an image on thedisplay section 25 is input through theinput processing section 21, thecontrol section 23 generates a request to purchase the packaged medium in response to the control command. Buy request signal.
控制部分23随后通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把购买请求信号、其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等传送给产品销售服务器SV2。服务会话ID信息接收自产品销售服务器SV2，随后被临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。Thecontrol section 23 then transmits the purchase request signal, the service session ID information whose valid period is extended, etc. to the product sales server SV2 through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 . The service session ID information is received from the product sales server SV2, and then temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38.
在步骤SP46，产品销售服务器SV2的控制部分90通过网络接口93和通信控制部分92，从客户机终端2接收购买请求信号、服务会话ID信息等，随后把服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分95。In step SP46, the control section 90 of the product sales server SV2 receives the purchase request signal, the service session ID information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through the network interface 93 and the communication control section 92, and then supplies the service session ID information, etc. to the authentication processing section 95.
在控制部分90的控制下，验证处理部分95执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分95比较从客户机终端2接收的服务会话ID信息等与临时保存在验证信息存储部分97中的服务会话ID信息等。Under the control of the control section 90, the authentication processing section 95 executes user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, the authentication processing section 95 compares the service session ID information and the like received from theclient terminal 2 with the service session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authentication information storage section 97 .
从而，如果验证处理部分95验证利用客户机终端2请求购买封装媒体的用户是合法用户，那么控制部分90进入步骤SP47。Thus, if the authentication processing section 95 authenticates that the user requesting purchase of packaged media using theclient terminal 2 is a legitimate user, the control section 90 proceeds to step SP47.
在步骤SP47，控制部分90执行产品销售处理。在产品销售处理中，控制部分90执行把请求的封装媒体传送给客户机终端2的用户的过程。控制部分90还通过通信控制部分92和网络接口93，把收费信息传送给收费服务器SV5。收费信息被用于向用户收取所购买的封装媒体的费用。于是，收费服务器SV5执行向用户收取所购买的封装媒体的费用的收费处理。At step SP47, the control section 90 executes product sales processing. In the product sales process, the control section 90 executes a process of transmitting the requested packaged media to the user of theclient terminal 2 . The control section 90 also transmits the charging information to the charging server SV5 through the communication control section 92 and the network interface 93 . The billing information is used to bill the user for the purchased packaged media. Then, the billing server SV5 executes billing processing of billing the user for the purchased package media.
控制部分90还利用验证处理部分95延长发给客户机终端2的服务会话ID信息等的有效期。The control section 90 also extends the validity period of the service session ID information and the like issued to theclient terminal 2 with the authentication processing section 95 .
在步骤SP48，在完成收费处理之后，控制部分90通过通信控制部分92和网络接口93，把表示完成封装媒体的购买的购买完成页信息、其有效期被验证处理部分95延长的服务会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。In step SP48, after completing the charge processing, the control section 90 transmits, through the communication control section 92 and the network interface 93, the purchase completion page information indicating that the purchase of the packaged media has been completed, the service session ID information whose validity period has been extended by the authentication processing section 95, etc. Send to theclient terminal 2.
在步骤SP49，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从产品销售服务器SV2接收购买完成页信息、其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等，随后把购买完成页信息提供给页信息产生部分36。控制部分23还把从产品销售服务器SV2接收的服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分37。In step SP49, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives the purchase completion page information, the service session ID information whose valid period is extended, etc. from the product sales server SV2 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32, and then sends the purchase completion page information to It is supplied to the pageinformation generating section 36 . Thecontrol section 23 also supplies the service session ID information and the like received from the product sales server SV2 to theauthentication processing section 37 .
在控制部分23的控制下，验证处理部分37把服务会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等接收自产品销售服务器SV2。在这种情况下，服务会话ID信息等覆写预先临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的服务会话ID信息等。预先临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的信息并不使它们的有效期被延长。这样，临时保存的服务会话ID信息等被更新为其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等。Under the control of thecontrol section 23 , theauthentication processing section 37 temporarily saves service session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . The service session ID information and the like whose valid period is extended are received from the product sales server SV2. In this case, the service session ID information and the like overwrite the service session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 in advance. The information temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 in advance does not have their effective period extended. In this way, the temporarily saved service session ID information and the like are updated with service session ID information and the like whose validity period is extended.
页信息产生部分36根据从控制部分23供给的购买完成页信息，产生视频数据。页信息产生部分36随后通过显示控制部分24把视频数据转换成模拟视频信号，随后把模拟视频信号提供给显示部分25。The pageinformation generation section 36 generates video data based on the purchase completion page information supplied from thecontrol section 23 . The pageinformation generation section 36 then converts the video data into an analog video signal through thedisplay control section 24 , and then supplies the analog video signal to thedisplay section 25 .
于是，控制部分23能够根据模拟视频信号，在显示部分25上显示购买完成页的图像。Then, thecontrol section 23 can display the image of the purchase completion page on thedisplay section 25 based on the analog video signal.
如上所述，客户机终端2允许用户利用产品销售服务器SV2提供的销售服务，购买他/她想要的封装媒体。As described above, theclient terminal 2 allows the user to purchase his/her desired package media using the sales service provided by the product sales server SV2.
(1-7-3-3)广播列表信息分发服务提供处理(1-7-3-3) Broadcast list information distribution service provision process
参见图12，说明无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理。在无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理中，客户机终端2从无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3接收无线电广播信息分发服务，具体地说广播列表信息分发服务。Referring to FIG. 12, the radio broadcast information distribution service providing process will be described. In the radio broadcast information distribution service providing process, theclient terminal 2 receives the radio broadcast information distribution service, specifically the broadcast list information distribution service, from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3.
在步骤SP60，用户在置于显示成显示部分25上的图像的广播列表信息分发页上的输入框中输入检索关键字。用于检索广播列表信息的检索关键字是对应于用户想要获得的广播列表信息的字符串。此时，通过输入处理部分21输入对应于该字符串的控制命令。客户机终端2的控制部分23根据输入的控制命令，产生请求下载用户想要获得的广播列表信息的广播列表信息请求信号。At step SP60, the user inputs a retrieval keyword in an input box placed on the broadcast list information distribution page displayed as an image on thedisplay section 25. A retrieval key for retrieving broadcast list information is a character string corresponding to broadcast list information that the user wants to obtain. At this time, a control command corresponding to the character string is input through theinput processing section 21 . Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 generates a broadcast list information request signal requesting download of the broadcast list information that the user wants to obtain according to the input control command.
控制部分23随后通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把广播列表信息请求信号、临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的服务会话ID信息等传送给无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。服务会话ID信息由无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3发出。Thecontrol section 23 then transmits the broadcast list information request signal, the service session ID information temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38, etc. to the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33. The service session ID information is issued by the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3.
在步骤SP61，无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的控制部分110通过网络接口113和通信控制部分112，从客户机终端2接收广播列表信息请求信号、服务会话ID信息等，随后把服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分115。In step SP61, the control section 110 of the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 receives the broadcast list information request signal, the service session ID information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through the network interface 113 and the communication control section 112, and then provides the service session ID information, etc. to the authentication processing section 115.
在控制部分110的控制下，验证处理部分115执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分115比较从客户机终端2接收的服务会话ID信息等与临时保存在验证信息存储部分120中的那些信息等。Under the control of the control section 110, the authentication processing section 115 executes user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, the authentication processing section 115 compares the service session ID information and the like received from theclient terminal 2 with those information and the like temporarily held in the authentication information storage section 120 .
从而，如果验证处理部分115验证利用客户机终端2请求广播列表信息的用户是合法用户，那么控制部分110进入步骤SP62。Thus, if the authentication processing section 115 authenticates that the user requesting broadcast list information using theclient terminal 2 is a legitimate user, the control section 110 proceeds to step SP62.
在步骤SP62，检索部分118根据广播列表信息请求信号中的检索关键字，执行搜索处理，在搜索处理中，检索部分118搜索广播列表信息存储部分117中的全部广播列表信息，寻找满足检索关键字表示的检索条件的广播列表信息的某一部分，从而获得所需的广播列表信息。In step SP62, the retrieval part 118 performs a search process according to the retrieval key in the broadcast list information request signal. A certain part of the broadcast list information indicated by the search condition, so as to obtain the required broadcast list information.
当检索部分118找到该广播列表信息时，控制部分110通过验证处理部分115延长发给客户机终端2的服务会话ID信息等的有效期。控制部分110随后进入步骤SP63。When the retrieval section 118 finds the broadcast list information, the control section 110 extends the validity period of the service session ID information etc. issued to theclient terminal 2 through the authentication processing section 115 . The control section 110 then proceeds to step SP63.
在步骤SP63，控制部分110从广播列表信息存储部分117读出检索部分118找到的广播列表信息。控制部分110随后通过通信控制部分112和网络接口113，把广播列表信息、其有效期被验证处理部分115延长的服务会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。At step SP63, the control section 110 reads out the broadcast list information found by the retrieval section 118 from the broadcast list information storage section 117. The control section 110 then transmits broadcast list information, service session ID information whose validity period is extended by the authentication processing section 115 , and the like to theclient terminal 2 through the communication control section 112 and the network interface 113 .
在步骤SP64，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3接收广播列表信息、其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等，随后把广播列表信息提供给页信息产生部分36。客户机终端2的控制部分23还把从无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3接收的服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分37。In step SP64, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives the broadcast list information, the service session ID information whose valid period is extended, etc. from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32, and then transfers the broadcast list information It is supplied to the pageinformation generating section 36 . Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 also supplies the service session ID information and the like received from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 to theauthentication processing section 37 .
在控制部分23的控制下，验证处理部分37把服务会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等接收自无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。在这种情况下，服务会话ID信息等覆写预先临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的服务会话ID信息等。预先临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的信息并不使它们的有效期被延长。这样，临时保存的服务会话ID信息等被更新为其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等。Under the control of thecontrol section 23 , theauthentication processing section 37 temporarily saves service session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . The service session ID information and the like whose valid period is extended are received from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3. In this case, the service session ID information and the like overwrite the service session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 in advance. The information temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 in advance does not have their effective period extended. In this way, the temporarily saved service session ID information and the like are updated with service session ID information and the like whose validity period is extended.
页信息产生部分36根据从控制部分23供给的广播列表信息，产生视频数据。页信息产生部分36随后通过显示控制部分24把视频数据转换成模拟视频信号，并把模拟视频信号提供给显示部分25。于是，显示部分25根据模拟视频信号显示图像，或者说广播列表信息。The pageinformation generation section 36 generates video data based on the broadcast list information supplied from thecontrol section 23 . The pageinformation generation section 36 then converts the video data into an analog video signal through thedisplay control section 24 and supplies the analog video signal to thedisplay section 25 . Thus, thedisplay section 25 displays images, or broadcast list information, based on the analog video signal.
如上所述，客户机终端2允许用户利用无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3提供的无线电广播信息分发服务，获得需要的广播列表信息。As described above, theclient terminal 2 allows the user to obtain desired broadcast list information using the radio broadcast information distribution service provided by the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3.
(1-7-3-4)正在广播信息分发服务提供处理(1-7-3-4) We are broadcasting information distribution service offer processing
参见图13，说明无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理。在无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理中，客户机终端2从无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3接收无线电广播信息分发服务，具体地说正在广播信息分发服务。Referring to FIG. 13, the radio broadcast information distribution service providing process will be described. In the radio broadcast information distribution service providing process, theclient terminal 2 receives the radio broadcast information distribution service from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3, specifically, is broadcasting the information distribution service.
存在多个提供正在广播信息的无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3，每个无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3对应于一个不同的无线电台(呼号)。There are a plurality of radio information delivery servers SV3 providing on-broadcast information, each radio information delivery server SV3 corresponding to a different radio station (call sign).
在初始状态下，客户机终端2可能未保存对应于每个无线电台的这些无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的URL信息。In the initial state, theclient terminal 2 may not hold URL information of these radio broadcast information delivery servers SV3 corresponding to each radio station.
就下面说明的无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理来说，将描述其中门户服务器3管理每个无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的URL信息的情形。具体地说，在这种情况下，门户服务器3管理多条URL信息，每条URL信息对应于一个无线电台的呼号。As for the radio broadcast information distribution service providing process explained below, a case will be described in which theportal server 3 manages the URL information of each radio broadcast information delivery server SV3. Specifically, in this case, theportal server 3 manages pieces of URL information each corresponding to a call sign of a radio station.
另外，就下面说明的无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理来说，当向门户服务器3请求频率信息以便自动预置无线电台的广播频率时，客户机终端2并不具有临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的验证会话ID信息等。频率信息包括广播频率。在这种情况下，客户机终端2首先把用户ID信息、口令信息等传送给门户服务器3。In addition, with regard to the radio broadcasting information distribution service providing process described below, when requesting frequency information to theportal server 3 so as to automatically preset the broadcasting frequency of a radio station, theclient terminal 2 does not have the information temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38. Authentication session ID information, etc. in. The frequency information includes broadcast frequencies. In this case, theclient terminal 2 transmits user ID information, password information, etc. to theportal server 3 first.
在步骤SP70，如果通过输入处理部分21输入请求无线电台的广播频率的自动预置的操作命令，那么客户机终端2的控制部分23通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把频率信息请求信号、用户输入的区域代码、保存在验证信息存储部分38中的用户ID信息和口令信息等传送给门户服务器3。频率信息请求信号请求关于无线电台的广播频率的频率信息，客户机终端2能够从所述无线电台收到它们的广播。In step SP70, if an operation command requesting automatic presetting of a broadcast frequency of a radio station is input through theinput processing section 21, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 transmits the frequency information request signal, The area code input by the user, user ID information and password information stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 are transmitted to theportal server 3 . The frequency information request signal requests frequency information on the broadcast frequencies of radio stations from which theclient terminal 2 can receive their broadcasts.
在步骤SP71，门户服务器3的控制部分50通过网络接口53和通信控制部分52，从客户机终端2接收频率信息请求信号、区域代码、用户ID信息、口令信息等，随后把接收自客户机终端2的用户ID信息和口令信息提供给验证处理部分56。In step SP71, thecontrol section 50 of theportal server 3 receives the frequency information request signal, area code, user ID information, password information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 53 and thecommunication control section 52, and then sends 2's user ID information and password information are supplied to theauthentication processing section 56.
在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分56比较从客户机终端2接收的用户ID信息、口令信息等与记录在客户数据库部分54中的客户信息。Under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 executes user authentication processing. In user authentication processing, theauthentication processing section 56 compares user ID information, password information, etc. received from theclient terminal 2 with customer information recorded in thecustomer database section 54 .
从而，如果验证处理部分56验证客户机终端2的用户是合法用户，那么验证处理部分56确定来自客户机终端2的对频率信息的请求合法。于是，在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56发出验证会话ID信息等。验证会话ID信息识别目前在客户机终端2和门户服务器3之间保持的通信连接。验证处理部分56随后把验证会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分57中。Thus, if theauthentication processing section 56 authenticates that the user of theclient terminal 2 is a legitimate user, theauthentication processing section 56 determines that the request for frequency information from theclient terminal 2 is legitimate. Then, under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 issues authentication session ID information and the like. The authentication session ID information identifies the communication connection currently maintained between theclient terminal 2 and theportal server 3 . Theauthentication processing section 56 then temporarily saves the authentication session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 57 .
控制部分50随后进入步骤SP72，因为验证处理部分56验证用户是合法用户。Thecontrol section 50 then proceeds to step SP72 because theauthentication processing section 56 authenticates that the user is a legitimate user.
在步骤SP72，控制部分50根据来自客户机终端2的区域代码，从保存在频率信息存储部分58中并且包括多条频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号的列表中检索与所述区域代码对应的频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号。控制部分50随后以列表格式读出检索到的频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号。In step SP72, thecontrol section 50 retrieves the frequency corresponding to the area code from the area code from theclient terminal 2 from the list stored in the frequencyinformation storage section 58 and including pieces of frequency information, radio station names, and call signs. information, radio station name and call sign. Thecontrol section 50 then reads out the retrieved frequency information, radio station names and call signs in a list format.
控制部分50随后通过通信控制部分52和网络接口53，把以列表格式从频率信息存储部分58读取的频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号、以及验证会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。验证会话ID信息由验证处理部分56在上述步骤SP71发给客户机终端2。Thecontrol section 50 then transmits the frequency information read from the frequencyinformation storage section 58 in list format, the radio station name and call sign, and the authentication session ID information, etc., to theclient terminal 2 through thecommunication control section 52 and thenetwork interface 53 . The authentication session ID information is sent to theclient terminal 2 by theauthentication processing section 56 at the above-mentioned step SP71.
在步骤SP73，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从门户服务器3接收包括频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号的列表。客户机终端2的控制部分23还通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从门户服务器3接收验证会话ID信息等。客户机终端2的控制部分23随后把接收自门户服务器3的验证会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分37。客户机终端2的控制部分23还把包括频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号的列表提供给显示控制部分24。At step SP73, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives a list including frequency information, radio station names and call signs from theportal server 3 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32. Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 also receives authentication session ID information and the like from theportal server 3 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32 . Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 then supplies the authentication session ID information and the like received from theportal server 3 to theauthentication processing section 37 . Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 also supplies thedisplay control section 24 with a list including frequency information, radio station names and call signs.
在控制部分23的控制下，验证处理部分37把接收自门户服务器3的验证会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。Under the control of thecontrol section 23 , theauthentication processing section 37 temporarily saves the authentication session ID information and the like received from theportal server 3 in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 .
显示控制部分24把包括频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号的列表提供给显示部分25。于是，显示部分25显示所述列表。Thedisplay control section 24 supplies thedisplay section 25 with a list including frequency information, radio station names and call signs. Then, thedisplay section 25 displays the list.
此时，根据通过输入处理部分21输入的选择命令，控制部分23把选择的频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号作为预置保存在存储介质29中，随后进入步骤SP74。At this time, according to the selection command input through theinput processing section 21, thecontrol section 23 saves the selected frequency information, radio station name and call sign in thestorage medium 29 as a preset, and then proceeds to step SP74.
在步骤SP74，响应通过输入处理部分21输入的调谐控制命令，控制部分23根据输入的调谐控制命令控制调谐器部分31，以便从无线电波抽取以对应于调谐控制命令的广播频率传送的无线电广播的无线电广播信号。In step SP74, in response to the tuning control command input through theinput processing section 21, thecontrol section 23 controls thetuner section 31 in accordance with the input tuning control command so as to extract from the radio wave the frequency of the radio broadcast transmitted at the broadcast frequency corresponding to the tuning control command. Radio broadcast signal.
调谐器部分31于是从广播信号接收部分30接收的无线电波中抽取该广播频率的无线电广播信号。调谐器部分31随后执行规定的诸如解码之类的接收处理，以产生音频数据，随后把音频数据提供给音频控制部分26。Thetuner section 31 then extracts the radio broadcast signal of the broadcast frequency from the radio wave received by the broadcastsignal receiving section 30 . Thetuner section 31 then performs prescribed receiving processing such as decoding to generate audio data, and then supplies the audio data to theaudio control section 26 .
音频控制部分26于是把从调谐器部分31供给的音频数据转换成模拟音频信号，并把模拟音频信号提供给扬声器27，扬声器27随后输出选择的无线电节目的音频。Theaudio control section 26 then converts the audio data supplied from thetuner section 31 into an analog audio signal, and supplies the analog audio signal to thespeaker 27, which then outputs the audio of the selected radio program.
在步骤SP75，在控制部分23的控制下，无线电广播显示控制部分39从存储介质29读取呼号。在这种情况下，保存在存储介质29中的呼号已与表示对应于上述调谐控制命令的广播频率的频率信息关联起来。无线电广播显示控制部分39随后通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把呼号、临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的验证会话ID信息等传送给门户服务器3。At step SP75 , the radio broadcastdisplay control section 39 reads the call sign from thestorage medium 29 under the control of thecontrol section 23 . In this case, the call sign stored in thestorage medium 29 has been associated with frequency information indicating the broadcasting frequency corresponding to the above-mentioned tuning control command. The radiodisplay control section 39 then transmits the call sign, the authentication session ID information temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 to theportal server 3 through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 .
在步骤SP76，门户服务器3的控制部分50通过网络接口53和通信控制部分52从客户机终端2接收呼号、验证会话ID信息等，并把验证会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分56。In step SP76, thecontrol section 50 of theportal server 3 receives the call sign, authentication session ID information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through thenetwork interface 53 and thecommunication control section 52, and supplies the authentication session ID information, etc. to theauthentication processing section 56.
在控制部分50的控制下，验证处理部分56执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分56比较从客户机终端2接收的验证会话ID信息等与临时保存在验证信息存储部分57中的验证会话ID信息等。Under the control of thecontrol section 50, theauthentication processing section 56 executes user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, theauthentication processing section 56 compares the authentication session ID information and the like received from theclient terminal 2 with the authentication session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 57 .
从而，如果验证处理部分56验证利用客户机终端2传送呼号的用户是合法用户，那么控制部分50进入步骤SP77。在这种情况下，由于从客户机终端2接收的验证会话ID信息等还未满期，因此验证处理部分56验证用户是合法用户。Thus, if theauthentication processing section 56 authenticates that the user who transmitted the call sign using theclient terminal 2 is a legitimate user, thecontrol section 50 proceeds to step SP77. In this case, since the authentication session ID information or the like received from theclient terminal 2 has not yet expired, theauthentication processing section 56 authenticates that the user is a legitimate user.
在步骤SP77，控制部分50根据来自客户机终端2的呼号执行检索处理，在检索处理中，控制部分50从保存在URL存储部分59中的多条URL信息中检索与呼号对应的一条URL信息。In step SP77, thecontrol section 50 executes retrieval processing based on the call sign from theclient terminal 2, in which thecontrol section 50 retrieves a piece of URL information corresponding to the call sign from pieces of URL information stored in theURL storage section 59.
控制部分50还利用验证处理部分56延长发给客户机终端2的验证会话ID信息等的有效期。Thecontrol section 50 also extends the validity period of the authentication session ID information and the like issued to theclient terminal 2 with theauthentication processing section 56 .
控制部分50随后从URL存储部分59读取检索到的URL信息，随后通过通信处理部分52和网络接口53，把URL信息、其有效期由验证处理部分56延长的验证会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。Thecontrol section 50 then reads the retrieved URL information from theURL storage section 59, and then transmits the URL information, authentication session ID information whose validity period is extended by theauthentication processing section 56, etc., to the client through thecommunication processing section 52 and thenetwork interface 53.Terminal 2.
在步骤SP78，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从门户服务器3接收URL信息、其有效期被延长的验证会话ID信息等，随后把验证会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分37。客户机终端2的控制部分23还把URL信息提供给无线电广播显示控制部分39。In step SP78, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives the URL information, the authentication session ID information whose valid period is extended, etc. from theportal server 3 through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32, and then provides the authentication session ID information, etc. toAuthentication processing section 37 . Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 also supplies the URL information to the radio broadcastdisplay control section 39 .
在控制部分23的控制下，验证处理部分37把验证会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。其有效期被延长的验证会话ID信息等接收自门户务器3。在这种情况下，验证会话ID信息等覆写预先临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的验证会话ID信息等。预先临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的信息并不使它们的有效期被延长。这样，临时保存的验证会话ID信息等被更新为其有效期被延长的验证会话ID信息等。Under the control of thecontrol section 23 , theauthentication processing section 37 temporarily saves authentication session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . Authentication session ID information and the like whose valid period is extended are received from theportal server 3 . In this case, the authentication session ID information or the like overwrites the authentication session ID information or the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 in advance. The information temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 in advance does not have their effective period extended. In this way, the temporarily stored authentication session ID information and the like are updated to the authentication session ID information and the like whose valid period is extended.
在控制部分23的控制下，无线电广播显示控制部分39使从控制部分23提供的URL信息与保存在存储介质29中的呼号关联起来，随后把它们临时保存在存储介质29等中。Under the control of thecontrol section 23, the radio broadcastdisplay control section 39 associates URL information supplied from thecontrol section 23 with call signs stored in thestorage medium 29, and then temporarily stores them in thestorage medium 29 or the like.
随后，在控制部分23的控制下，无线电广播显示控制部分39通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把请求正在广播信息的正在广播信息请求信号、临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的服务会话ID信息等传送给无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。在这种情况下，根据临时保存在存储介质29等中的URL信息，无线电广播显示控制部分39传送正在广播信息请求信号。保存在验证信息存储部分38中的服务会话ID信息接收自无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。Subsequently, under the control of thecontrol section 23, the radio broadcastdisplay control section 39 transmits the on-broadcast information request signal requesting the on-broadcast information, the service session temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33. ID information and the like are transmitted to the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3. In this case, based on the URL information temporarily held in thestorage medium 29 or the like, the radio broadcastdisplay control section 39 transmits an on-broadcast information request signal. The service session ID information held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 is received from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3.
顺序提及，在无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理中，步骤SP78的处理对应于图9中的步骤SP10的处理。在步骤SP78的处理中，正在广播信息请求信号、服务会话ID信息等从客户机终端2被传送给无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。Sequentially mentioned, in the radio broadcast information distribution service providing process, the process of step SP78 corresponds to the process of step SP10 in FIG. 9 . In the process of step SP78, an on-broadcast information request signal, service session ID information, and the like are transmitted from theclient terminal 2 to the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3.
因此，在无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理中，在步骤SP78的处理之后，客户机终端2、无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3和门户服务器3执行和由步骤SP11-SP13及步骤SP18-SP22构成的处理相同的用户验证处理，随后进入步骤SP79。顺便提及，在图9中图解说明了步骤SP11-SP13及步骤SP18-SP22的处理。Therefore, in the radio broadcast information distribution service providing process, after the process of step SP78, theclient terminal 2, the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3, and theportal server 3 execute the same process as constituted by steps SP11-SP13 and steps SP18-SP22. Then proceed to step SP79. Incidentally, the processing of steps SP11-SP13 and steps SP18-SP22 is illustrated in FIG. 9 .
在步骤SP79，在控制部分23的控制下，客户机终端2的无线电广播显示控制部分39根据临时保存在存储介质29等中的URL信息，通过通信控制部分32和网络接口33，把正在广播信息请求信号、临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的服务会话ID信息等重发给无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的服务会话ID信息接收自无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。In step SP79, under the control of thecontrol section 23, the radio broadcastdisplay control section 39 of theclient terminal 2 displays the currently broadcasting information through thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 based on the URL information temporarily stored in thestorage medium 29 or the like. The request signal, the service session ID information temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38, etc. are retransmitted to the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3. The service session ID information temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 is received from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3.
在步骤SP80，无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的控制部分110通过网络接口113和通信控制部分112，从客户机终端2接收正在广播信息请求信号、服务会话ID信息等，随后把接收的验证会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分115。In step SP80, the control section 110 of the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 receives an on-broadcast information request signal, service session ID information, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through the network interface 113 and the communication control section 112, and then transfers the received authentication session ID information etc. are supplied to the authentication processing section 115.
在控制部分110的控制下，验证处理部分115执行用户验证处理。在用户验证处理中，验证处理部分115比较从客户机终端2接收的服务会话ID信息等与临时保存在验证信息存储部分120中的服务会话ID信息等。Under the control of the control section 110, the authentication processing section 115 executes user authentication processing. In the user authentication process, the authentication processing section 115 compares the service session ID information and the like received from theclient terminal 2 with the service session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authentication information storage section 120 .
从而，如果验证处理部分115验证客户机终端2的用户是合法用户，那么验证处理部分115确定来自客户机终端2的对正在广播信息的请求合法。Thus, if the authentication processing section 115 authenticates that the user of theclient terminal 2 is a legitimate user, the authentication processing section 115 determines that the request from theclient terminal 2 for the information being broadcast is legitimate.
在验证处理部分115验证客户机终端2的用户是合法用户之后，控制部分110通过验证处理部分115延长发给客户机终端2的服务会话ID信息等的有效期，随后进入步骤SP81。After the authentication processing section 115 authenticates that the user of theclient terminal 2 is a legitimate user, the control section 110 extends the validity period of the service session ID information etc. issued to theclient terminal 2 by the authentication processing section 115, and then proceeds to step SP81.
在步骤SP81，控制部分110从正在广播信息存储部分119读取正在广播信息，随后通过通信控制部分112和网络接口113，把正在广播信息、其有效期被验证处理部分115延长的服务会话ID信息等传送给客户机终端2。In step SP81, the control section 110 reads the on-broadcast information from the on-broadcast information storage section 119, and then through the communication control section 112 and the network interface 113, the on-broadcast information, the service session ID information whose validity period is extended by the authentication processing section 115, etc. Send to theclient terminal 2.
在步骤SP82，客户机终端2的控制部分23通过网络接口33和通信控制部分32，从无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3接收正在广播信息、其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等，随后把服务会话ID信息等提供给验证处理部分37。客户机终端2的控制部分23还把正在广播信息提供给无线电广播显示控制部分39。In step SP82, thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 receives, from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3, the information being broadcast, the service session ID information whose valid period is extended, etc., through thenetwork interface 33 and thecommunication control section 32, and then transfers the service session ID Information and the like are supplied to theauthentication processing section 37 . Thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2 also supplies the on-broadcast information to the radio broadcastdisplay control section 39 .
在控制部分23的控制下，验证处理部分37把服务会话ID信息等临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中。其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等接收自无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。在这种情况下，服务会话ID信息等覆写预先临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的服务会话ID信息等。预先临时保存在验证信息存储部分38中的信息并不使它们的有效期被延长。这样，临时保存的服务会话ID信息等被更新为其有效期被延长的服务会话ID信息等。Under the control of thecontrol section 23 , theauthentication processing section 37 temporarily saves service session ID information and the like in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 . The service session ID information and the like whose valid period is extended are received from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3. In this case, the service session ID information and the like overwrite the service session ID information and the like temporarily held in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 in advance. The information temporarily stored in the authenticationinformation storage section 38 in advance does not have their effective period extended. In this way, the temporarily saved service session ID information and the like are updated with service session ID information and the like whose validity period is extended.
通过显示控制部分24，无线电广播显示控制部分39把从控制部分23供给的正在广播信息提供给显示部分25。于是，显示部分25显示与目前接收的无线电节目有关的正在广播信息。The radio broadcastdisplay control section 39 supplies the on-broadcast information supplied from thecontrol section 23 to thedisplay section 25 via thedisplay control section 24 . Then, thedisplay section 25 displays on-broadcast information related to the currently received radio program.
之后，在无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理中，客户机终端2每隔一定的时间重复正在广播信息的请求处理(步骤SP79)。当从客户机终端2收到该请求时，无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3顺序执行步骤SP80和SP81的处理。Thereafter, in the radio broadcast information distribution service providing process, theclient terminal 2 repeats the request process of the broadcast information at regular intervals (step SP79). When receiving the request from theclient terminal 2, the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 sequentially executes the processing of steps SP80 and SP81.
这样，客户机终端2能够每秒更新显示在显示部分25上的正在广播信息。正在广播信息包括下述条目：客户机终端2目前接收的无线电节目的标题；无线电节目的开始时间；无线电节目的结束时间；无线电节目中目前播放的音乐的艺术家姓名和标题；和音乐的广播开始时间。In this way, theclient terminal 2 can update the on-broadcast information displayed on thedisplay section 25 every second. The broadcasting information includes the following items: the title of the radio program currently received by theclient terminal 2; the start time of the radio program; the end time of the radio program; the artist name and title of the music currently played in the radio program; time.
(1-8)客户机终端2的硬件电路块结构(1-8) Hardware circuit block structure ofclient terminal 2
(1-8-1)电路结构(1-8-1) Circuit structure
下面利用硬件电路块说明客户机终端2的结构。在具有硬件电路块的客户机终端2的硬件结构中，客户机终端2的一部分能力是由如下所述的软件模块执行的处理。Next, the configuration of theclient terminal 2 will be described using hardware circuit blocks. In the hardware configuration of theclient terminal 2 having hardware circuit blocks, part of the capabilities of theclient terminal 2 are processes performed by software modules as described below.
参见图14，客户机终端2具有在其外壳或遥控器(未示出)上的操作输入部分200。操作输入部分200提供各种操作按钮。当用户操纵操作输入部分200时，操作输入部分200检测该操作，随后向输入处理部分201提供与该操作对应的操作输入信号。Referring to FIG. 14, theclient terminal 2 has anoperation input section 200 on its casing or a remote controller (not shown). Theoperation input section 200 provides various operation buttons. When the user manipulates theoperation input section 200 , theoperation input section 200 detects the operation, and then supplies theinput processing section 201 with an operation input signal corresponding to the operation.
输入处理部分201对提供的操作输入信号执行规定的处理，把操作输入信号转换成操作命令。输入处理部分201随后通过总线202把操作命令提供给CPU(中央处理器)203。Theinput processing section 201 performs prescribed processing on the supplied operation input signal, and converts the operation input signal into an operation command. Theinput processing section 201 then supplies operation commands to a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 203 via thebus 202 .
ROM(只读存储器)204预存各种程序，比如基本程序和应用程序。CPU 203通过总线202从ROM 204读取这些程序，并把这些程序装入RAM(随机存储器)205。CPU 203根据所述程序负责客户机终端2的整体控制，并响应从输入处理部分201供给的操作命令，执行规定的计算处理和各种处理。A ROM (Read Only Memory) 204 prestores various programs such as basic programs and application programs. TheCPU 203 reads these programs from theROM 204 via thebus 202, and loads these programs into a RAM (random access memory) 205. TheCPU 203 is in charge of overall control of theclient terminal 2 according to the program, and executes prescribed calculation processing and various processing in response to operation commands supplied from theinput processing section 201.
例如，显示器206是诸如液晶显示器之类的显示设备。显示器206可以直接布置在外壳上或者布置在外壳外。Display 206 is, for example, a display device such as a liquid crystal display. Thedisplay 206 may be arranged directly on the housing or outside the housing.
CPU 203产生的处理结果和各种视频数据通过显示处理部分207，以模拟视频信号的形式被提供给显示器206。显示器206根据模拟视频信号显示图像。Processing results generated by theCPU 203 and various video data are supplied to thedisplay 206 in the form of analog video signals through thedisplay processing section 207. Thedisplay 206 displays images based on analog video signals.
例如，CD和“记忆棒(SONY公司的注册商标)”保存内容数据。记忆棒包括覆盖有外壳的闪速存储器。介质驱动器208例如从CD和“记忆棒(SONY公司的注册商标)”读取内容数据，随后重放所述内容数据。另一方面，介质驱动器208把待记录的内容数据记录在CD或“记忆棒(SONY公司的注册商标)”上。For example, CDs and "Memory Stick (registered trademark of SONY Corporation)" store content data. A memory stick includes flash memory covered by a casing. The media drive 208 reads content data from, for example, a CD and "Memory Stick (registered trademark of SONY Corporation)", and then plays back the content data. On the other hand, the media drive 208 records content data to be recorded on a CD or "Memory Stick (registered trademark of SONY Corporation)".
当介质驱动器208从CD或“记忆棒(SONY公司的注册商标)”读取视频数据(内容数据)时，介质驱动器208通过总线202把视频数据提供给显示处理部分207。When the media drive 208 reads video data (content data) from a CD or “Memory Stick (registered trademark of SONY Corporation)”, the media drive 208 supplies the video data to thedisplay processing section 207 via thebus 202 .
当介质驱动器208从CD或“记忆棒(SONY公司的注册商标)”读取音频数据(内容数据)时，介质驱动器208把音频数据提供给音频处理部分209。When the media drive 208 reads audio data (content data) from a CD or “Memory Stick (registered trademark of SONY Corporation)”, the media drive 208 supplies the audio data to theaudio processing section 209 .
显示处理部分207对通过总线202提供的视频数据进行数-模转换，从而产生模拟视频信号。显示处理部分207随后把模拟视频信号提供给显示器206。显示器206根据模拟视频信号显示图像。Thedisplay processing section 207 performs digital-to-analog conversion on the video data supplied through thebus 202, thereby generating an analog video signal. Thedisplay processing section 207 then supplies the analog video signal to thedisplay 206 . Thedisplay 206 displays images based on analog video signals.
音频处理部分209对通过总线202提供的音频数据进行数-模转换，从而产生模拟音频信号。音频处理部分209随后把模拟音频信号提供给2声道扬声器210，于是，扬声器210根据模拟音频信号输出立体声。Theaudio processing section 209 performs digital-to-analog conversion on audio data supplied through thebus 202, thereby generating an analog audio signal. Theaudio processing section 209 then supplies the analog audio signal to the 2-channel speaker 210, whereupon thespeaker 210 outputs stereo sound according to the analog audio signal.
另外，CPU 203能够通过总线202把介质驱动器208读取的内容数据提供给硬盘驱动器211。硬盘驱动器211把内容数据保存为内容文件。In addition, theCPU 203 can supply the content data read by the media drive 208 to thehard disk drive 211 via thebus 202. Thehard disk drive 211 stores content data as content files.
CPU 203利用图3图解说明的目录结构，管理保存在硬盘驱动器211中的内容数据。TheCPU 203 manages content data stored in thehard disk drive 211 using the directory structure illustrated in FIG. 3 .
另外，CPU 203能够从硬盘驱动器211读取内容文件作为内容数据。In addition, theCPU 203 can read content files from thehard disk drive 211 as content data.
当CPU 203从硬盘驱动器211读取视频数据(内容数据)时，CPU 203通过总线202把视频数据提供给显示处理部分207。When theCPU 203 reads video data (contents data) from thehard disk drive 211, theCPU 203 supplies the video data to thedisplay processing section 207 via thebus 202.
当CPU 203从硬盘驱动器211读取音频数据(内容数据)时，CPU 203把音频数据提供给音频处理部分209。When theCPU 203 reads audio data (content data) from thehard disk drive 211, theCPU 203 supplies the audio data to theaudio processing section 209.
天线212从无线电台接收无线电广播波。天线212随后把无线电广播波提供给等同于AM/FM调谐器的调谐器213。Theantenna 212 receives radio broadcast waves from radio stations. Theantenna 212 then supplies radio broadcast waves to atuner 213 equivalent to an AM/FM tuner.
例如，用户通过操作输入部分200选择某一无线电台。在CPU 203的控制下，调谐器213从天线212接收的无线电广播波中抽取与选择的无线电台对应的广播频率的无线电广播信号。调谐器213随后对无线电广播信号执行规定的接收处理，以产生音频数据，随后通过总线202把音频数据提供给音频处理部分209。For example, the user selects a certain radio station by operating theinput section 200 . Under the control of theCPU 203, thetuner 213 extracts a radio broadcast signal of a broadcast frequency corresponding to the selected radio station from the radio broadcast waves received by theantenna 212. Thetuner 213 then performs prescribed reception processing on the radio broadcast signal to generate audio data, which is then supplied to theaudio processing section 209 via thebus 202 .
音频处理部分209把从调谐器213供给的音频数据转换成模拟音频信号，随后把模拟音频信号提供给扬声器210，于是，扬声器210输出从无线电台广播的无线电节目的声音。这允许用户收听无线电节目的声音。Theaudio processing section 209 converts the audio data supplied from thetuner 213 into an analog audio signal, and then supplies the analog audio signal to thespeaker 210, whereupon thespeaker 210 outputs the sound of a radio program broadcast from a radio station. This allows the user to listen to the sound of a radio program.
CPU 203还可把调谐器213获得的音频数据提供给硬盘驱动器211，以便把它们记录在硬盘驱动器211上。这样，CPU 203能够记录无线电节目的声音。TheCPU 203 can also supply the audio data obtained by thetuner 213 to thehard disk drive 211 so that they can be recorded on thehard disk drive 211. In this way, theCPU 203 can record the sound of the radio program.
CPU 203通过通信处理部分214和网络接口215与网络NT连接。于是，CPU 203能够访问网络NT上的门户服务器3和其它服务器SV1-SV4，并与门户服务器3和其它服务器SV1-SV4交换各种数据。TheCPU 203 is connected to the network NT through thecommunication processing section 214 and thenetwork interface 215. Thus, theCPU 203 can access theportal server 3 and other servers SV1-SV4 on the network NT, and exchange various data with theportal server 3 and other servers SV1-SV4.
(1-8-2)程序模块的结构(1-8-2) Structure of program modules
程序模块适用于具有由图14中所示的硬件电路块描述的硬件结构的客户机终端2。如图15中所示，程序模块在OS上运行，并与门户服务器3和其它服务器SV1-SV4交互。The program modules are applicable to theclient terminal 2 having the hardware configuration described by the hardware circuit blocks shown in FIG. 14 . As shown in Fig. 15, the program modules run on the OS and interact with theportal server 3 and other servers SV1-SV4.
在HTTP(超文本传送协议)通信中，HTTP消息程序240与门户服务器3和其它服务器SV1-SV4交互。通信程序241与HTTP消息程序240交换数据。In HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) communication, theHTTP message program 240 interacts with theportal server 3 and other servers SV1-SV4. Thecommunication program 241 exchanges data with theHTTP message program 240 .
内容重放模块242和版权保护信息管理模块243置于通信程序241之上。内容重放模块242解释内容的编解码并再现它们。版权保护信息管理模块243处理与版权保护相关的信息。因特网无线电频道选择/重放模块244和音乐购买/重放模块245分别置于内容重放模块242和版权保护信息管理模块243之上。因特网无线电频道选择/重放模块244选择因特网无线电的频道，并播放选择的频道。音乐购买/重放模块245控制音乐的购买和演示音乐的再现。Acontent playback module 242 and a copyright protectioninformation management module 243 are placed on thecommunication program 241 . Thecontent playback module 242 interprets codecs of content and reproduces them. The copyright protectioninformation management module 243 processes information related to copyright protection. An Internet radio channel selection/playback module 244 and a music purchase/playback module 245 are placed on thecontent playback module 242 and the copyright protectioninformation management module 243, respectively. The Internet radio channel selection/playback module 244 selects a channel of the Internet radio and plays the selected channel. The music purchase/playback module 245 controls the purchase of music and the reproduction of demo music.
因特网无线电频道选择/重放模块244和音乐购买/重放模块245执行再现处理，以便产生音频数据。音频数据被传送给音频处理部分29，以便从扬声器210输出音频。The Internet radio channel selection/playback module 244 and the music purchase/playback module 245 perform reproduction processing to generate audio data. The audio data is transferred to theaudio processing section 29 to output audio from thespeaker 210 .
XML浏览器246被置于因特网无线电频道选择/重放模块244和音乐购买/重放模块245之上。XML浏览器246解释从各个服务器接收的XML文件，随后在显示器206上显示图像。XML browser 246 is placed on top of Internet radio channel selection/playback module 244 and music purchase/playback module 245 . TheXML browser 246 interprets XML files received from various servers, and then displays images on thedisplay 206 .
例如，用户利用XML浏览器246选择一首音乐。于是，音乐购买/重放模块245执行购买处理，以便购买该首音乐。购买的该首音乐通过硬盘内容控制器247被提供给硬盘驱动器211，以便将其保存在硬盘驱动器211上。For example, a user utilizes theXML browser 246 to select a piece of music. Then, the music purchase/playback module 245 executes purchase processing to purchase the piece of music. The purchased music is provided to thehard disk drive 211 through the harddisk content controller 247 so that it is stored on thehard disk drive 211.
通信程序241与库248的验证库248A连接。验证库248A与门户服务器3等相结合执行各种验证处理。Thecommunication program 241 is connected to theverification library 248A of thelibrary 248 . Theauthentication library 248A executes various authentication processes in conjunction with theportal server 3 and the like.
数据库访问模块249、内容数据访问模块250和硬盘内容控制器247被置于通信程序241之上。Database access module 249 , contentdata access module 250 and harddisk content controller 247 are placed on top ofcommunication program 241 .
数据库访问模块249访问布置在硬盘驱动器211中的各种数据库。内容数据访问模块250访问保存在硬盘驱动器211中的内容数据。硬盘内容控制器247管理保存在硬盘驱动器211中的内容数据。Thedatabase access module 249 accesses various databases arranged in thehard disk drive 211 . The contentdata access module 250 accesses content data stored in thehard disk drive 211 . The harddisk content controller 247 manages content data stored in thehard disk drive 211 .
无线电广播信息显示模块251和调谐器选择/重放/记录模块252被置于硬盘内容控制器247之上。无线电广播信息显示模块251执行显示从无线电台广播的音乐的标题和艺术家姓名的处理。调谐器选择/重放/记录模块252选择无线电台。调谐器选择/重放/记录模块252还把从无线电台接收的内容数据(音乐)记录在硬盘驱动器211上。A radio information display module 251 and a tuner selection/playback/recording module 252 are placed on the harddisk content controller 247 . The radio information display module 251 performs a process of displaying titles and artist names of music broadcast from radio stations. The tuner selection/playback/recording module 252 selects radio stations. The tuner selection/playback/recording module 252 also records content data (music) received from radio stations on thehard disk drive 211 .
例如，用户利用音频用户接口253选择无线电台，以便从该无线电台接收音乐。接收的音乐通过内容数据访问模块250被提供给硬盘驱动器211，以便将其保存在硬盘驱动器211中。For example, the user utilizes theaudio user interface 253 to select a radio station from which to receive music. The received music is provided to thehard disk drive 211 through the contentdata access module 250 to be stored in thehard disk drive 211 .
调谐器选择/重放/记录模块252执行重放处理，以便产生音频数据(内容数据)。该音频数据被提供给音频处理部分209，从而从扬声器210输出音频。The tuner selection/playback/recording module 252 performs playback processing to generate audio data (content data). This audio data is supplied to theaudio processing section 209 so that audio is output from thespeaker 210 .
无线电广播信息显示模块251使用调谐器选择/重放/记录模块252，通过HTTP消息程序240从无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3接收无线电广播信息。例如，接收的无线电广播信息是关于无线电台目前广播的音乐的标题和艺术家姓名的正在广播信息。无线电广播信息显示模块251随后通过音频用户接口(UI)253把该信息传送给显示器206，显示器206显示该信息。The radio information display module 251 receives radio information from the radio information delivery server SV3 through theHTTP message program 240 using the tuner selection/playback/recording module 252 . For example, the received radio broadcast information is on-broadcast information about the title and artist name of the music currently being broadcast by the radio station. The radio broadcast information display module 251 then communicates the information via the audio user interface (UI) 253 to thedisplay 206, which displays the information.
通过音频用户接口253传送并显示在显示器206上的无线电广播信息可被临时保存在库248的剪辑库248B中。响应用户的指令，无线电广播信息最终通过数据库访问模块249被传送给硬盘驱动器211，以便被记录在硬盘驱动器211上。The radio broadcast information transmitted through theaudio user interface 253 and displayed on thedisplay 206 may be temporarily saved in theclip library 248B of thelibrary 248 . In response to a user's instruction, the radio broadcast information is finally transferred to thehard disk drive 211 through thedatabase access module 249 to be recorded on thehard disk drive 211.
CD重放模块254控制介质驱动器208以便重放CD。CD playback module 254 controls media drive 208 to play back CDs.
CD重放模块254从CD重放的音频数据被传送给音频处理部分209，以便从扬声器210输出音频。The audio data played back from the CD by theCD playback module 254 is sent to theaudio processing section 209 to output audio from thespeaker 210 .
HDD重放模块255与硬盘内容控制器247和版权保护信息管理模块243连接(这里未示出该连接)。TheHDD playback module 255 is connected to the harddisk content controller 247 and the copyright protection information management module 243 (the connection is not shown here).
在硬盘内容控制器247的控制下，HDD重放模块255从硬盘驱动器211读取音频数据(内容数据)。HDD重放模块255随后根据从版权保护信息管理模块243供给的版权管理信息，再现音频数据。TheHDD playback module 255 reads audio data (content data) from thehard disk drive 211 under the control of the harddisk content controller 247 . TheHDD playback module 255 then reproduces the audio data according to the copyright management information supplied from the copyright protectioninformation management module 243 .
HDD重放模块255根据版权管理信息再现的音频数据被提供给音频处理部分209，并且最后从扬声器210输出音频。The audio data reproduced by theHDD playback module 255 according to the copyright management information is supplied to theaudio processing section 209 , and finally the audio is output from thespeaker 210 .
剥离模块256与硬盘内容控制器247和版权保护信息管理模块243连接(这里未示出该连接)。The strippingmodule 256 is connected with the harddisk content controller 247 and the copyright protection information management module 243 (the connection is not shown here).
剥离模块256控制CD重放模块254、版权保护信息管理模块243和硬盘内容控制器247把CD重放模块254从CD重放的音频数据及其版权管理信息保存(即，剥离)到硬盘驱动器211中。具体地说，从版权保护信息管理模块243供给版权管理信息以控制音频数据。音频数据和版权管理信息的存储处理还受硬盘内容控制器247控制。The strippingmodule 256 controls theCD playback module 254, the copyright protectioninformation management module 243 and the harddisk content controller 247 to save (i.e., strip) the audio data and its copyright management information played back by theCD playback module 254 from the CD to thehard disk drive 211 middle. Specifically, copyright management information is supplied from the copyright protectioninformation management module 243 to control audio data. The storage process of audio data and copyright management information is also controlled by the harddisk content controller 247 .
对于上述程序模块，HTTP消息程序240和通信程序241能够提供与客户机终端2的通信控制部分32(图2)相同的功能。Of the above-mentioned program modules, theHTTP message program 240 and thecommunication program 241 can provide the same functions as the communication control section 32 ( FIG. 2 ) of theclient terminal 2 .
内容重放模块242能够提供与客户机终端2的编码器/解码器部分34(图2)相同的功能。Thecontent playback module 242 can provide the same functions as the encoder/decoder section 34 of the client terminal 2 (FIG. 2).
版权保护信息管理模块243能够提供与客户机终端2的版权管理部分35(图2)相同的功能。The copyright protectioninformation management module 243 can provide the same functions as thecopyright management section 35 of the client terminal 2 (FIG. 2).
因特网无线电频道选择/重放模块244能够提供与客户机终端2的控制部分23和音频控制部分26(图2)相同的功能。The Internet radio channel selection/playback module 244 can provide the same functions as thecontrol section 23 and theaudio control section 26 of the client terminal 2 (FIG. 2).
音乐购买/重放模块245能够提供与客户机终端2的控制部分23和音频控制部分26(图2)相同的功能。The music purchase/playback module 245 can provide the same functions as thecontrol section 23 and theaudio control section 26 of the client terminal 2 (FIG. 2).
XML浏览器246能够提供与客户机终端2的输入处理部分21和页信息产生部分36(图2)相同的功能。TheXML browser 246 can provide the same functions as theinput processing section 21 and the pageinformation generating section 36 of the client terminal 2 (FIG. 2).
硬盘内容控制器247、数据库访问模块249和内容数据访问模块250能够提供与客户机终端2的控制部分23(图2)相同的功能。The harddisk content controller 247, thedatabase access module 249, and the contentdata access module 250 can provide the same functions as thecontrol section 23 of the client terminal 2 (FIG. 2).
库248的验证库248A能够提供与客户机终端2的验证处理部分37和验证信息存储部分38(图2)相同的功能。Theauthentication library 248A of thelibrary 248 can provide the same functions as theauthentication processing section 37 and the authentication information storage section 38 ( FIG. 2 ) of theclient terminal 2 .
库248的剪辑库248B能够提供与客户机终端2的控制部分23(图2)相同的功能。Theclip library 248B of thelibrary 248 can provide the same functions as thecontrol section 23 of the client terminal 2 (FIG. 2).
无线电广播信息显示模块251能够提供与客户机终端2的无线电广播显示控制部分39(图2)相同的功能。The radio broadcast information display module 251 can provide the same function as the radio broadcast display control section 39 ( FIG. 2 ) of theclient terminal 2 .
调谐器选择/重放/记录模块252能够提供与客户机终端2的控制部分23、音频控制部分26和调谐器部分31(图2)相同的功能。The tuner selection/playback/recording module 252 can provide the same functions as thecontrol section 23,audio control section 26, andtuner section 31 of the client terminal 2 (FIG. 2).
音频用户接口253能够提供与客户机终端2的输入处理部分21、控制部分23和显示控制部分24(图2)相同的功能。Theaudio user interface 253 can provide the same functions as theinput processing section 21, thecontrol section 23, and the display control section 24 (FIG. 2) of theclient terminal 2.
CD重放模块254能够提供与客户机终端2的音频控制部分26及外部记录介质记录和再现部分28(图2)相同的功能。TheCD playback module 254 can provide the same functions as theaudio control section 26 and the external recording medium recording and reproduction section 28 (FIG. 2) of theclient terminal 2.
HDD重放模块255能够提供与客户机终端2的控制部分23和音频控制部分26(图2)相同的功能。TheHDD playback module 255 can provide the same functions as thecontrol section 23 and theaudio control section 26 of the client terminal 2 (FIG. 2).
剥离模块256能够提供与客户机终端2的控制部分23、外部记录介质记录和再现部分28以及编码器/解码器部分34(图2)相同的功能。The strippingmodule 256 can provide the same functions as thecontrol section 23, the external recording medium recording and reproducingsection 28, and the encoder/decoder section 34 (FIG. 2) of theclient terminal 2.
因此，图14图解说明的客户机终端2(它具有硬件电路块的硬件结构)能够执行和图2图解说明的客户机终端2(它具有功能电路块的硬件结构)相同的处理，因为CPU 203根据上面提及的程序模块执行处理。Therefore, theclient terminal 2 illustrated in FIG. 14 (which has a hardware configuration of hardware circuit blocks) can perform the same processing as that of theclient terminal 2 illustrated in FIG. Processing is performed according to the above-mentioned program modules.
(1-9)门户服务器3的结构(1-9) Structure ofPortal Server 3
如图16所示，门户服务器3包括负责门户服务器3的总体控制的CPU 260。CPU 260从ROM 261或硬盘驱动器262读出各种程序，比如基本程序，并通过总线263把这些程序装在RAM 264上，以便执行各种处理，比如用户验证处理。As shown in FIG. 16, theportal server 3 includes a CPU 260 in charge of overall control of theportal server 3. The CPU 260 reads out various programs, such as basic programs, from the ROM 261 or the hard disk drive 262, and loads these programs on the RAM 264 via the bus 263 to execute various processing, such as user authentication processing.
例如，当门户服务器3的CPU 260通过网络NT和网络接口265从客户机终端2接收用户ID信息、口令等时，CPU 260开始用户验证处理。For example, when the CPU 260 of theportal server 3 receives user ID information, a password, etc. from theclient terminal 2 through the network NT and the network interface 265, the CPU 260 starts user authentication processing.
这样，如果根据门户服务器3(图4)提供的功能正确选择存储在ROM261或硬盘驱动器262上的程序，则具有上述硬件电路块结构的门户服务器3的CPU 260能够执行与图4图解说明的门户服务器3的控制部分50、通信控制部分52、以及验证处理部分56相同的功能。并且该服务器的硬盘驱动器262能够以与门户服务器3(图4)的客户数据库部分54、页信息存储部分55、验证信息存储部分57、频率信息存储部分58、以及URL存储部分59相同的方式工作。顺便提及的是，图4图解说明的门户服务器3包括功能电路块。Like this, if according to the function that portal server 3 (Fig. 4) provides correctly select the program that is stored on ROM261 or hard disk drive 262, then have the CPU 260 ofportal server 3 of above-mentioned hardware circuit block structure to be able to carry out the portal of illustration with Fig. 4 Thecontrol section 50, thecommunication control section 52, and theauthentication processing section 56 of theserver 3 have the same functions. And the hard disk drive 262 of this server can work in the same manner as thecustomer database section 54, pageinformation storage section 55, authenticationinformation storage section 57, frequencyinformation storage section 58, andURL storage section 59 of the portal server 3 (FIG. 4) . Incidentally, theportal server 3 illustrated in FIG. 4 includes functional circuit blocks.
(1-10)音乐数据传送服务器的结构(1-10) Structure of music data delivery server
如图17所示，音乐数据传送服务器SV1包括负责音乐数据传送服务器SV1的总体控制的CPU 270。CPU 270从ROM 271或硬盘驱动器272读出各种程序，比如基本程序，并通过总线273把这些程序装在RAM 274上以便执行各种处理，将音乐数据传送给客户机终端2。As shown in FIG. 17, the music data delivery server SV1 includes aCPU 270 in charge of overall control of the music data delivery server SV1. TheCPU 270 reads out various programs, such as basic programs, from theROM 271 or thehard disk drive 272, and loads these programs on theRAM 274 via thebus 273 to perform various processing, and transmits music data to theclient terminal 2.
例如，当通过网络NT和网络接口275客户机终端2请求音乐数据传送服务器SV1的CPU 270传送音乐数据时，CPU 270从硬盘驱动器272读出音乐数据，然后将音乐数据发送给客户机终端2。For example, when theclient terminal 2 requests theCPU 270 of the music data delivery server SV1 to deliver music data through the network NT and thenetwork interface 275, theCPU 270 reads the music data from thehard disk drive 272, and then sends the music data to theclient terminal 2.
这样，如果根据音乐数据传送服务器SV1(图5)提供的功能正确选择存储在ROM 271或硬盘驱动器272上的程序，则具有上述硬件电路块结构的音乐数据传送服务器SV1的CPU 270能够执行与图5图解说明的音乐数据传送服务器SV1的控制部分70、通信控制部分72、验证处理部分75、以及检索部分79相同的功能。并且该服务器的硬盘驱动器272能够以与音乐数据传送服务器SV1(图5)的客户数据库部分74、页信息存储部分75、验证信息存储部分77、以及音乐数据存储部分78相同的方式工作。顺便提及的是，图5图解说明的音乐数据传送服务器SV1包括功能电路块。Like this, if correctly select the program that is stored on theROM 271 or thehard disk drive 272 according to the function provided by the music data delivery server SV1 (Fig. 5 illustrates the same functions as thecontrol section 70,communication control section 72,authentication processing section 75, andretrieval section 79 of the music data delivery server SV1. And thehard disk drive 272 of this server can work in the same manner as thecustomer database section 74, pageinformation storage section 75, authenticationinformation storage section 77, and musicdata storage section 78 of the music data delivery server SV1 (FIG. 5). Incidentally, the music data delivery server SV1 illustrated in FIG. 5 includes functional circuit blocks.
(1-11)产品销售服务器SV2的结构(1-11) Structure of product sales server SV2
如图18所示，产品销售服务器SV2包括负责产品销售服务器SV2的总体控制的CPU 280。CPU 280从ROM 281或硬盘驱动器282读出各种程序，比如基本程序，并且通过总线283把这些程序装入RAM 284中以便执行各种处理，从而提供产品销售服务。As shown in FIG. 18, the product sales server SV2 includes a CPU 280 responsible for overall control of the product sales server SV2. The CPU 280 reads out various programs, such as basic programs, from the ROM 281 or the hard disk drive 282, and loads these programs into the RAM 284 via the bus 283 to perform various processes, thereby providing product sales services.
例如，当通过网络NT和网络接口285客户机终端2请求产品销售服务器SV2的CPU 280销售音乐CD时，CPU 280开始销售音乐CD给客户机终端2的用户的处理。For example, when theclient terminal 2 requests the CPU 280 of the product sales server SV2 to sell a music CD through the network NT and the network interface 285, the CPU 280 starts the process of selling the music CD to the user of theclient terminal 2.
这样，如果根据产品销售服务器SV2(图6)提供的功能正确选择存储在ROM 281或硬盘驱动器282上的程序，则具有上述硬件电路块结构的产品销售服务器SV2的CPU 280能够执行与图6图解说明的产品销售服务器SV2的控制部分90、通信控制部分92、验证处理部分95、以及检索部分99相同的功能。并且该服务器的硬盘驱动器282能够以与产品销售服务器SV2(图6)的客户数据库部分94、页信息存储部分95、验证信息存储部分97、以及封装媒体信息存储部分98相同的方式工作。顺便提及的是，图6图解说明的产品销售服务器SV2包括功能电路块。Like this, if correctly select the program stored on the ROM 281 or the hard disk drive 282 according to the function provided by the product sales server SV2 (Fig. 6), the CPU 280 of the product sales server SV2 with the above-mentioned hardware circuit block structure can execute The control section 90, communication control section 92, authentication processing section 95, and retrieval section 99 of the product sales server SV2 described have the same functions. And the hard disk drive 282 of this server can work in the same manner as the customer database part 94, page information storage part 95, verification information storage part 97, and packaging media information storage part 98 of the product sales server SV2 (FIG. 6). Incidentally, the product sales server SV2 illustrated in FIG. 6 includes functional circuit blocks.
(1-12)无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的结构(1-12) Configuration of radio broadcast information delivery server SV3
如图19所示，无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3包括负责无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的总体控制的CPU 290。CPU 290从ROM 291或硬盘驱动器292读出各种程序，比如基本程序，并且通过总线293把这些程序装入RAM 294中以便执行各种处理，从而提供无线电广播信息传送服务。As shown in FIG. 19, the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 includes a CPU 290 in charge of overall control of the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3. The CPU 290 reads out various programs, such as basic programs, from the ROM 291 or the hard disk drive 292, and loads these programs into the RAM 294 via the bus 293 to perform various processing, thereby providing a radio broadcast information transmission service.
例如，无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的硬盘驱动器292包括表示有关已经广播的无线电节目的信息的广播列表信息、以及表示有关正在广播的无线电节目的信息的正在广播信息。For example, the hard disk drive 292 of the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 includes broadcast list information indicating information on radio programs that have been broadcast, and now-broadcasting information indicating information on radio programs that are being broadcast.
当无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的CPU 290通过网络NT和网络接口295从客户机终端2接收请求广播列表信息或正在广播信息的请求信号时，CPU 290响应该请求信号，从硬盘驱动器292中读出广播列表信息或正在广播信息，然后通过网络接口295将其提供给客户机终端2。When the CPU 290 of the radio broadcast information transmission server SV3 receives a request signal requesting broadcast list information or broadcast information from theclient terminal 2 through the network NT and the network interface 295, the CPU 290 reads out the information from the hard disk drive 292 in response to the request signal. The broadcast list information or the broadcasting information is then provided to theclient terminal 2 through the network interface 295 .
这样，如果根据无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3(图7)提供的功能正确选择存储在ROM 291或硬盘驱动器292上的程序，则具有上述硬件电路块结构的无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的CPU 290能够执行与图7图解说明的无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的控制部分110、通信控制部分112、验证处理部分115、以及检索部分118相同的功能。并且该服务器的硬盘驱动器292能够以与无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3(图7)的客户数据库部分114、页信息存储部分116、广播列表信息存储部分117、正在广播信息存储部分119、以及验证信息存储部分120相同的方式工作。顺便提及的是，图7图解说明的无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3包括功能电路块。In this way, if the program stored in the ROM 291 or the hard disk drive 292 is correctly selected according to the functions provided by the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 (FIG. 7), the CPU 290 of the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 with the above-mentioned hardware circuit block structure can execute The same functions as the control section 110, communication control section 112, authentication processing section 115, and retrieval section 118 of the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 illustrated in FIG. And the hard disk drive 292 of this server can communicate with the customer database part 114, the page information storage part 116, the broadcast list information storage part 117, the broadcasting information storage part 119, and the verification information storage part of the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 (FIG. 7). Section 120 works in the same way. Incidentally, the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 illustrated in FIG. 7 includes functional circuit blocks.
(1-13)音乐数据的记录(1-13) Recording of music data
下面将描述通过客户机终端2进行的音乐数据的记录。客户机终端2在下述情形下将音乐数据记录到硬盘驱动器211上：客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1下载音乐数据的情形，客户机终端2从音乐CD上剥离音乐数据的情形，等等。下面将描述客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1下载音乐数据的情形、以及客户机终端2从音乐CD上剥离音乐数据的情形这两种情形。为了便于说明，在这种情况下，一首音乐数据等价于一个数据音轨。Recording of music data by theclient terminal 2 will be described below. Theclient terminal 2 records music data onto thehard disk drive 211 in the following cases: a case where theclient terminal 2 downloads music data from the music data delivery server SV1, a case where theclient terminal 2 strips music data from a music CD, etc. . Two cases, a case where theclient terminal 2 downloads music data from the music data delivery server SV1, and a case where theclient terminal 2 strips music data from a music CD, will be described below. For convenience of description, in this case, one piece of music data is equivalent to one data track.
(1-13-1)从音乐数据传送服务器SV1下载的音乐数据的记录(1-13-1) Recording of music data downloaded from music data delivery server SV1
根据本发明的音乐数据传送服务器SV1传送与属性信息(下文中详细描述)相关联的音乐数据。响应来自客户机终端2的请求，音乐数据传送服务器SV1传送音乐数据。The music data delivery server SV1 according to the present invention delivers music data associated with attribute information (described in detail later). In response to a request from theclient terminal 2, the music data delivery server SV1 delivers music data.
客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1下载音乐数据，然后将与音乐数据相关联的属性信息存储到已经安装在硬盘驱动器211上的属性信息管理表TB1中(图20)。与此同时，客户机终端2将音乐数据记录到硬盘驱动器211的某一部分上。Theclient terminal 2 downloads music data from the music data delivery server SV1, and then stores attribute information associated with the music data in the attribute information management table TB1 already installed on the hard disk drive 211 (FIG. 20). At the same time, theclient terminal 2 records music data to a certain part of thehard disk drive 211 .
为每一首音乐数据设置各自的存储在属性信息管理表TB1中的(与音乐数据相关联的)属性信息。如图20所示，每一个属性信息包括与对应于音乐数据的音轨(音乐)相关的信息组(该组也称作“音轨信息组”)、与音轨所属的专辑相关的信息组(该组也称作“专辑信息组”)、以及与音乐数据的文件格式相关的信息组(该组也称作“文件信息组”)等等。The respective attribute information (associated with the music data) stored in the attribute information management table TB1 is set for each piece of music data. As shown in FIG. 20, each piece of attribute information includes an information group related to a track (music) corresponding to music data (this group is also referred to as a "track information group"), an information group related to an album to which a track belongs (this set is also called "album information set"), and information sets related to the file format of music data (this set is also called "file information set"), and the like.
音轨信息组包括有关音轨的信息：用于识别与音乐数据相对应的音轨的内容ID(例如“00000001”)、音轨的标题(例如“Beautiful World”)、以及音轨的艺术家姓名(例如“D’z”)。The track information group includes information on the track: a content ID (such as "00000001") for identifying a track corresponding to the music data, a title of the track (such as "Beautiful World"), and an artist name of the track (e.g. "D'z").
专辑信息组包括有关专辑的信息：用于识别音轨所属的专辑的专辑ID(例如“SMCE100001”)、专辑的标题(例如“Clean”)、以及表示音轨按照重放顺序在专辑上所处的位置的音轨号(例如“1”)。The album information group includes information about the album: the album ID (for example, "SMCE100001") for identifying the album to which the track belongs, the title of the album (for example, "Clean"), and the track's position on the album in playback order. The track number of the position (eg "1").
文件信息组包括有关文件的信息：音乐数据的压缩格式(例如“atracc3”)、比特率(例如“132kbps”)、以及音乐数据在硬盘驱动器211上的存储地址(例如“CD Recording Folder\Clean\Beautiful World”)。The file information group includes information about the file: the compression format of the music data (such as "atracc3"), the bit rate (such as "132kbps"), and the storage address of the music data on the hard disk drive 211 (such as "CD Recording Folder\Clean\ Beautiful World").
通过这种方式，当客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1下载音乐数据时，客户机终端2在属性信息管理表TB1中存储包括音轨标题、艺术家姓名、以及记录音轨的专辑的标题的音乐数据的属性信息，并且还记录音乐数据。由此，能够识别每一首音乐数据的信息，比如音轨的标题、艺术家姓名等。In this way, when theclient terminal 2 downloads music data from the music data delivery server SV1, theclient terminal 2 stores in the attribute information management table TB1 information including the title of the track, the name of the artist, and the title of the album in which the track is recorded. attribute information of the music data, and also record the music data. Thereby, it is possible to identify information of each piece of music data, such as the title of the track, the name of the artist, and the like.
(1-13-2)从音乐CD剥离音乐数据(1-13-2) Strip music data from music CD
下面将描述从音乐CD剥离音乐数据。The stripping of music data from a music CD will be described below.
顺便提及的是，存储在商业上可获得的CD上的音乐数据与从音乐数据传送服务器SVl提供的音乐数据不同：某些CD上的音乐数据不与属性信息相关联。为了识别与这些音乐数据相对应的音轨的标题等，可能需要类似上面所述的属性信息。Incidentally, music data stored on commercially available CDs is different from music data supplied from the music data delivery server SV1: music data on some CDs is not associated with attribute information. In order to identify the title or the like of the track corresponding to these music data, attribute information like the one described above may be required.
根据本发明的客户机终端2在硬盘驱动器211上具有CD识别信息数据库。CD识别信息数据库包括商业上可获得的音乐CD的标题、与存储在音乐CD上的音乐数据相对应的音轨的标题、以及用于识别艺术家姓名的识别信息等等。Theclient terminal 2 according to the present invention has a CD identification information database on thehard disk drive 211 . The CD identification information database includes titles of commercially available music CDs, titles of tracks corresponding to music data stored on the music CDs, identification information for identifying names of artists, and the like.
如图21和22所示，CD识别信息数据库包括：音轨识别表TB2，包括用于识别音轨的识别信息(也称作“音轨识别信息”)；以及专辑识别表TB3，包括用于识别专辑的识别信息(也称作“专辑识别信息”)。As shown in FIGS. 21 and 22, the CD identification information database includes: a track identification table TB2 including identification information for identifying a track (also referred to as "track identification information"); and an album identification table TB3 including Identification information for identifying an album (also referred to as "album identification information").
音轨管理表TB2包括音轨识别信息：音轨的标题(例如“BeautifulWorld”)、艺术家姓名(例如“D’z”)、销售代理的标签(例如“SMM”)、发行年份(例如“2002”)、声望信息(例如“歌曲作者：D’s”)、指示一般分类的第一类型(例如“Rock”)、指示详细分类的第二类型(例如“HardRock”)、记录音轨的专辑的标题(例如“Clean”)、用于识别专辑的专辑ID(例如“SMCE100001”)、表示音轨按照重放顺序在专辑上所处的位置的音轨号(例如“1”)、对于每一个音轨是唯一的国际标准码(例如“JPSK00000100”)、以及注释或备忘录(例如“在NY中所记录的”)。The track management table TB2 includes track identification information: the title of the track (such as "BeautifulWorld"), the name of the artist (such as "D'z"), the label of the sales agent (such as "SMM"), the year of release (such as "2002 "), reputation information (e.g. "Songwriter: D's"), a first genre indicating a general classification (e.g. "Rock"), a second genre indicating a detailed classification (e.g. "HardRock"), the title of the album on which the track was recorded (e.g. "Clean"), an album ID to identify the album (e.g. "SMCE100001"), a track number indicating where the track is on the album in playback order (e.g. "1"), for each Tracks are unique international standard codes (eg "JPSK00000100"), and notes or memos (eg "Recorded in NY").
另一方面，专辑管理表TB3包括专辑识别信息：专辑的标题(例如“Clean”)、艺术家姓名(例如“D’z”)、销售代理的标签(例如“SMM”)、发行年份(例如“2002”)、类型(例如“Rock”)、声望信息(例如“歌曲作者：D’s”)、语言(例如“JPN”)、发行区域(例如“JPN”)、批准该专辑的批准者(例如“SMM”)、专辑ID(例如“SMCE100001”)、对于每一个专辑是唯一的国际标准码(例如“JPSK00000001”)、以及注释或备忘录(例如“在NY中所记录的”)。On the other hand, the album management table TB3 includes album identification information: the title of the album (such as "Clean"), the name of the artist (such as "D'z"), the label of the sales agent (such as "SMM"), the year of release (such as " 2002"), genre (e.g. "Rock"), reputation information (e.g. "Songwriter: D's"), language (e.g. "JPN"), region of release (e.g. "JPN"), who approved the album (e.g. " SMM"), an album ID (eg, "SMCE100001"), an international standard code unique to each album (eg, "JPSK00000001"), and a note or memo (eg, "Recorded in NY").
除了音轨管理表TB2和专辑管理表TB3之外，CD识别信息数据库还包括：TOC(内容表)信息表(未示出)，包括用于每一个音乐CD的TOC信息；以及专辑信息(包含专辑ID)，与TOC信息相关联。In addition to the track management table TB2 and the album management table TB3, the CD identification information database also includes: a TOC (Table of Contents) information table (not shown) including TOC information for each music CD; and album information (including Album ID), associated with TOC information.
例如，在客户机终端2从音乐CD剥离音乐数据的情况下，客户机终端2根据客户机终端从中剥离的音乐CD的TOC信息，从TOC信息表中检索相对应的专辑ID。For example, in the case where theclient terminal 2 strips music data from a music CD, theclient terminal 2 retrieves the corresponding album ID from the TOC information table based on the TOC information of the music CD from which the client terminal stripped.
根据作为上述检索结果所获得的专辑ID，客户机终端2从专辑识别表TB3中检索相对应的专辑识别信息。Based on the album ID obtained as a result of the above retrieval, theclient terminal 2 retrieves corresponding album identification information from the album identification table TB3.
根据作为上述检索结果所获得的专辑识别信息的专辑ID，客户机终端2检索音轨识别表的音轨识别信息。Based on the album ID of the album identification information obtained as a result of the above retrieval, theclient terminal 2 retrieves the track identification information of the track identification table.
通过这种方式，客户机终端2根据客户机终端2将从中剥离的音乐CD的TOC信息，从CD识别信息数据库获取与音乐CD相对应的专辑识别信息和音轨识别信息。In this way, theclient terminal 2 acquires album identification information and track identification information corresponding to the music CD from the CD identification information database based on the TOC information of the music CD from which theclient terminal 2 is to be stripped.
在客户机终端2将音乐数据从音乐CD剥离到硬盘驱动器211的情况下，客户机终端2在属性信息管理表TB1中存储部分音轨识别信息(音轨标题、艺术家姓名、记录音轨的专辑的标题、专辑ID等)。In the case where theclient terminal 2 strips the music data from the music CD to thehard disk drive 211, theclient terminal 2 stores part of the track identification information (track title, artist name, album on which the track is recorded) in the attribute information management table TB1. title, album ID, etc.).
通过这种方式，在客户机终端2从音乐CD剥离音乐数据的情况下，客户机终端2从CD识别信息数据库获取与音乐数据相对应的音轨识别信息：音轨识别信息包括音轨标题、记录音轨的专辑的标题、以及艺术家姓名。然后客户机终端2在属性信息管理表TB1中存储音轨识别信息，并且还记录音乐数据。由此，客户机终端2能够以与从音乐数据传送服务器SV1下载的音乐数据的音轨相同的方式，识别每一首音乐数据，比如标题。In this way, in the case where theclient terminal 2 strips the music data from the music CD, theclient terminal 2 acquires track identification information corresponding to the music data from the CD identification information database: the track identification information includes the track title, The title of the album on which the track is recorded, and the artist name. Theclient terminal 2 then stores track identification information in the attribute information management table TB1, and also records music data. Thereby, theclient terminal 2 can recognize each piece of music data such as the title in the same manner as the track of the music data downloaded from the music data delivery server SV1.
通过从预定的服务器下载新信息能够周期地更新存储在CD识别信息数据库中的各种信息。Various information stored in the CD identification information database can be periodically updated by downloading new information from a predetermined server.
通过这种方式，客户机终端2在硬盘驱动器211上记录各种类型的音乐数据。In this way, theclient terminal 2 records various types of music data on thehard disk drive 211 .
(1-14)根据第一实施例的页信息自动更新功能(1-14) Page Information Automatic Update Function According to the First Embodiment
下面将描述根据本发明第一实施例的客户机终端2的页信息自动更新功能。The page information automatic update function of theclient terminal 2 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described below.
在下文中描述的示例是，客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收页信息，然后自动更新页信息。在这种情况下，页信息用以生成由音乐数据传送服务器SV1公布的网页屏幕。页信息是用XML等描述的文本数据，如图23所示。An example described hereinafter is that theclient terminal 2 receives page information from the music data delivery server SV1, and then automatically updates the page information. In this case, the page information is used to generate a web page screen issued by the music data delivery server SV1. The page information is text data described in XML or the like, as shown in FIG. 23 .
音乐数据传送服务器SV1例如已经公布了如图24所示的网页(也称作“音乐数据传送页”)，其中布置了多个图标IC(IC1至IC6)用以选择期望下载的音乐数据。响应来自客户机终端2的请求，音乐数据传送服务器SV1将音乐数据传送页的页信息提供给客户机终端2。The music data delivery server SV1 has published, for example, a webpage (also referred to as a "music data delivery page") as shown inFIG . . In response to a request from theclient terminal 2, the music data delivery server SV1 provides theclient terminal 2 with page information of the music data delivery page.
然后，客户机终端2根据所接收的页信息在显示器206上显示音乐数据传送页。当用户选择图标IC(IC1至IC6)时，客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1下载与图标IC(IC1至IC6)相对应的音乐数据。Then, theclient terminal 2 displays the music data transfer page on thedisplay 206 based on the received page information. When the user selects an icon IC (IC1 to IC6 ), theclient terminal 2 downloads music data corresponding to the icon IC (IC1 to IC6 ) from the music data delivery server SV1.
如上所述，客户机终端2能够在硬盘驱动器211上记录各种类型的音乐数据：从音乐数据传送服务器SV1下载的音乐数据，以及从音乐CD剥离的音乐数据。相应地，在能够通过音乐数据传送页下载的多个音乐数据中，它们中的一些可能已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。As described above, theclient terminal 2 is capable of recording on thehard disk drive 211 various types of music data: music data downloaded from the music data delivery server SV1, and music data ripped from a music CD. Accordingly, among a plurality of music data that can be downloaded through the music data transfer page, some of them may already be recorded on thehard disk drive 211 .
因此，客户机终端2根据所接收的页信息是否包括与记录在硬盘驱动器211上的音乐数据相关的信息，通过页信息自动更新功能，自动更新页信息。Therefore, theclient terminal 2 automatically updates the page information by the page information automatic update function according to whether the received page information includes information related to the music data recorded on thehard disk drive 211 .
下面将参照图25的时序图描述页信息更新功能的页信息自动更新处理。The page information automatic update processing of the page information update function will be described below with reference to the sequence diagram of FIG. 25 .
顺便提及的是，该页信息自动更新处理是客户机终端2和音乐数据传送服务器SV1之间的处理序列，并且由客户机终端2的CPU 203和音乐数据传送服务器SV1的CPU 270执行。Incidentally, this page information automatic update processing is a processing sequence between theclient terminal 2 and the music data delivery server SV1, and is executed by theCPU 203 of theclient terminal 2 and theCPU 270 of the music data delivery server SV1.
在页信息自动更新处理中，客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1获取页信息。该获取和验证的方法已经在上面进行了描述，因此在此省略其详细描述。In the page information automatic update process, theclient terminal 2 acquires page information from the music data delivery server SV1. The method of obtaining and verifying has been described above, so its detailed description is omitted here.
当客户机终端2从用户接受连接到音乐数据传送服务器SV1的连接请求时，客户机终端2开始页信息自动更新处理并且前进到步骤SP100。When theclient terminal 2 accepts a connection request from the user to connect to the music data delivery server SV1, theclient terminal 2 starts the page information automatic update process and proceeds to step SP100.
在步骤SP100，客户机终端2发送请求信号给音乐数据传送服务器SV1，以便请求页信息。In step SP100, theclient terminal 2 sends a request signal to the music data delivery server SV1 to request page information.
当音乐数据传送服务器SV1收到来自客户机终端2的请求信号时，在步骤SP101音乐数据传送服务器SV1从硬盘驱动器272读出音乐数据传送页的页信息，并且将其发送给客户机终端2。When the music data delivery server SV1 receives a request signal from theclient terminal 2, the music data delivery server SV1 reads the page information of the music data delivery page from thehard disk drive 272 and sends it to theclient terminal 2 at step SP101.
当客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1收到页信息时，客户机终端2在步骤SP102从页信息提取用于识别音乐数据的识别信息(也称作“音乐数据识别信息”)。When theclient terminal 2 receives page information from the music data delivery server SV1, theclient terminal 2 extracts identification information for identifying music data (also referred to as "music data identification information") from the page information at step SP102.
在这种情况下，页信息包括与将要显示在音乐数据传送页上的多个图标IC(IC1至IC6)相对应的描述部分WP(WP1至WP6)，如图23所示。In this case, the page information includes description parts WP (WP1 to WP6 ) corresponding to a plurality of icons IC (IC1 to IC6 ) to be displayed on the music data transfer page, as shown in FIG. 23 .
在描述部分WP(WP1至WP6)中，描述用于每一个专辑或每一个音轨的信息。用于每一个专辑的描述包括专辑标题、专辑的艺术家姓名、专辑ID等。用于每一个音轨的描述包括音轨标题、音轨的艺术家姓名等。In the description part WP (WP1 to WP6 ), information for each album or each track is described. The description for each album includes the album title, artist name of the album, album ID, and the like. The description for each track includes the track title, the track's artist name, and the like.
也就是说，在描述部分WP(WP1至WP6)中，描述当相应的图标IC(IC1至IC6)被选择时能够下载的音乐数据的音乐数据标识。客户机终端2从所接收的页信息的描述部分WP(WP1至WP6)中提取音乐数据标识。通过这种方式，客户机终端2获取与每一个图标IC(IC1至IC6)相关联的音乐数据识别信息，然后处理前进到步骤SP103。That is, in the description part WP (WP1 to WP6 ), music data identifications of music data that can be downloaded when the corresponding icon IC (IC1 to IC6 ) is selected are described. Theclient terminal 2 extracts the music data identification from the description part WP (WP1 to WP6 ) of the received page information. In this way, theclient terminal 2 acquires the music data identification information associated with each icon IC (IC1 to IC6 ), and then the process proceeds to step SP103.
在步骤SP103，客户机终端2使用在步骤SP102获得的多个音乐数据识别信息作为检索条件，从硬盘驱动器211中检索与检索条件相对应的音乐数据，然后前进到步骤SP104。At step SP103, theclient terminal 2 retrieves music data corresponding to the retrieval condition from thehard disk drive 211 using the pieces of music data identification information obtained at step SP102 as the retrieval condition, and then proceeds to step SP104.
如果音乐数据识别信息为每一个音轨设置，则客户机终端2能够从存储在硬盘驱动器211中的属性信息管理表TB1的音轨信息组检索相关的音乐数据。如果音乐数据识别信息为每一个专辑设置，则客户机终端2能够从专辑信息组检索。If music data identification information is set for each track, theclient terminal 2 can retrieve related music data from the track information group of the attribute information management table TB1 stored in thehard disk drive 211 . If the music data identification information is set for each album, theclient terminal 2 can retrieve from the album information group.
在步骤SP104，客户机终端2根据检索结果确定在硬盘驱动器211上是否存在相关的音乐数据。In step SP104, theclient terminal 2 determines whether or not the relevant music data exists on thehard disk drive 211 based on the retrieval result.
如果在步骤SP104获得否定的结果，则意味着与包括在页信息中的音乐数据识别信息相对应的音乐数据(也称作“相关音乐数据”)在硬盘驱动器211中不存在。在这种情况下，客户机终端2前进到步骤SP105，根据页信息在显示器206上显示音乐数据传送页(图24)，不更新所接收的页信息。If a negative result is obtained at step SP104, it means that the music data corresponding to the music data identification information included in the page information (also referred to as “related music data”) does not exist in thehard disk drive 211 . In this case, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP105, displays the music data transfer page (FIG. 24) on thedisplay 206 based on the page information, without updating the received page information.
与此相反，如果在步骤SP104获得肯定的结果，则意味着相关音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。在这种情况下，客户机终端2前进到步骤SP106。On the contrary, if an affirmative result is obtained at step SP104, it means that the relevant music data has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211. In this case, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP106.
在步骤SP106，客户机终端2根据硬盘驱动器211已经记录了那些与图标IC(IC1至IC6)的音乐数据识别信息相对应的音乐数据，更新页信息。之后，客户机终端2前进到步骤SP107，根据更新后的页信息显示音乐数据传送页。In step SP106, theclient terminal 2 updates the page information on the basis that thehard disk drive 211 has recorded music data corresponding to the music data identification information of the icon ICs (IC1 to IC6 ). Thereafter, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP107 to display the music data transfer page based on the updated page information.
如果与图标IC2和IC4的音乐数据识别信息相对应的音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上，则以不同于图标IC1、IC3、IC5、IC6的颜色显示图标IC2和IC4。如图26所示，根据更新后的页信息，音乐数据传送页显示显示图标IC1、IC3、IC5和IC6，并且高亮显示图标IC2和IC4。If the music data corresponding to the music data identification information of the icons IC2 and IC4 has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211, the icons IC2 and IC are displayed in colors different from the icons IC1 , IC3 , IC5 , IC64 . As shown in FIG. 26 , according to the updated page information, the music data transfer page displays icons IC1 , IC3 , IC5 and IC6 , and highlights icons IC2 and IC4 .
通过这种方式，客户机终端2向用户表示，能够通过图标IC2和IC4下载的音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。In this way, theclient terminal 2 indicates to the user that the music data capable of being downloaded through the icons IC2 and IC4 has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 .
(1-15)第一实施例的操作和效果(1-15) Operation and effect of the first embodiment
具有上述结构的客户机终端2从所接收的页信息中提取音乐数据识别信息，然后从硬盘驱动器211检索与音乐数据识别信息相对应的相关音乐数据。Theclient terminal 2 having the above structure extracts music data identification information from the received page information, and then retrieves related music data corresponding to the music data identification information from thehard disk drive 211 .
如果相关音乐数据存在于硬盘驱动器211上，则客户机终端2更新页信息，以高亮显示例如与相关音乐数据相对应的图标IC2和IC4。If the related music data exists on thehard disk drive 211, theclient terminal 2 updates the page information to highlight, for example, the icons IC2 and IC4 corresponding to the related music data.
以这种方式，通过音乐数据传送页，客户机终端2向用户表示，硬盘驱动器211已经记录了哪些通过基于页信息的音乐数据传送页能够下载的音乐数据。由此，客户机终端2防止了用户弄错，避免再次下载(或购买)已经记录的音乐数据。此外，客户机终端2能够通知用户已经拥有的那些音乐数据。In this way, through the music data transfer page, theclient terminal 2 indicates to the user which music data thehard disk drive 211 has recorded which can be downloaded through the music data transfer page based on the page information. Thus, theclient terminal 2 prevents the user from mistakenly downloading (or purchasing) already recorded music data again. Furthermore, theclient terminal 2 can notify the user of those music data already owned.
上述结构使得下面所述成为可能：客户机终端2根据包括在所接收的页信息中的音乐数据识别信息，从硬盘驱动器211检索与音乐数据识别信息相对应的音乐数据，并且向用户表示硬盘驱动器211已经记录了哪些与包括在所接收的页信息中的音乐数据识别信息相对应的音乐数据。由此，客户机终端2能够容易地通知用户已经记录了哪些音乐数据。The above structure makes it possible for theclient terminal 2 to retrieve music data corresponding to the music data identification information from thehard disk drive 211 based on the music data identification information included in the received page information, and to indicate to the user that thehard disk drive 211 Which music data corresponding to the music data identification information included in the received page information has been recorded. Thereby, theclient terminal 2 can easily notify the user which music data has been recorded.
此外，在第一实施例中，客户机终端2检索音乐数据，并且根据检索结果更新所接收的页信息。在显示器206上显示更新后的页信息使得用户能够清楚哪些与包括在所接收的页信息中的音乐数据识别信息相匹配的音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。Furthermore, in the first embodiment, theclient terminal 2 retrieves music data, and updates the received page information according to the retrieval result. Displaying the updated page information on thedisplay 206 enables the user to know which music data matching the music data identification information included in the received page information has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 .
此外，在第一实施例中，客户机终端2通过改变音乐数据传送页上的图标IC(IC1至IC6)的颜色，表示能够通过音乐数据传送页下载的多个音乐数据中哪些音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。以这种方式，客户机终端2能够通过同一屏幕通知用户已经记录哪些音乐数据，而无需显示其它标识屏幕。Furthermore, in the first embodiment, theclient terminal 2 indicates which music data among a plurality of music data that can be downloaded through the music data transfer page by changing the color of the icons IC (IC1 to IC6 ) on the music data transfer page has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211. In this way, theclient terminal 2 can inform the user which music data has been recorded through the same screen without displaying other identification screens.
(2)第二实施例(2) The second embodiment
(2-1)第二实施例的页信息自动更新功能(2-1) Page Information Automatic Update Function of Second Embodiment
在第二实施例中，系统、客户机终端和服务器的结构与第一实施例中的相同，因此，在此省略其详细描述。In the second embodiment, the configurations of the system, client terminal, and server are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, detailed descriptions thereof are omitted here.
在第二实施例中，客户机终端2装备有页信息自动更新功能，不仅向用户显示已经记录哪些音乐数据，而且在一组音乐数据能够通过例如图标IC2作为一个专辑下载的情况下，向用户显示在硬盘驱动器211上已经记录了该专辑中的多少首音乐数据。In the second embodiment, theclient terminal 2 is equipped with a page information automatic update function, which not only displays to the user which music data has been recorded, but also shows to the user in the case that a set of music data can be downloaded as an album through, for example, the icon IC2 . The user displays how many pieces of music data in the album have been recorded on thehard disk drive 211.
下面将参照图27的时序图描述该页信息自动更新功能的页信息自动更新处理。The page information automatic update processing of this page information automatic update function will be described below with reference to the sequence diagram of FIG. 27 .
顺便提及的是，根据第二实施例的页信息自动更新处理是客户机终端2和音乐数据传送服务器SV1之间的处理序列，并且由客户机终端2的CPU 203和音乐数据传送服务器SV1的CPU 270执行。Incidentally, the page information automatic update processing according to the second embodiment is a processing sequence between theclient terminal 2 and the music data delivery server SV1, and is executed by theCPU 203 of theclient terminal 2 and the music data delivery server SV1.CPU 270 executes.
在页信息自动更新处理中，客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1获取页信息。该获取和验证的方法已经在上面进行了描述，因此在此省略其详细描述。In the page information automatic update process, theclient terminal 2 acquires page information from the music data delivery server SV1. The method of obtaining and verifying has been described above, so its detailed description is omitted here.
当客户机终端2从用户接受连接到音乐数据传送服务器SV1的连接请求时，客户机终端2开始页信息自动更新处理并且前进到步骤SP110。When theclient terminal 2 accepts a connection request from the user to connect to the music data delivery server SV1, theclient terminal 2 starts the page information automatic update process and proceeds to step SP110.
在步骤SP110，客户机终端2发送请求信号给音乐数据传送服务器SV1，以便请求页信息。At step SP110, theclient terminal 2 sends a request signal to the music data delivery server SV1 to request page information.
当音乐数据传送服务器SV1收到来自客户机终端2的请求信号时，在步骤SP111音乐数据传送服务器SV1从硬盘驱动器272读出音乐数据传送页的页信息，并且将其发送给客户机终端2。When the music data delivery server SV1 receives the request signal from theclient terminal 2, the music data delivery server SV1 reads the page information of the music data delivery page from thehard disk drive 272 and sends it to theclient terminal 2 at step SP111.
当客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1收到页信息时，客户机终端2在步骤SP112从页信息提取音乐数据识别信息。When theclient terminal 2 receives the page information from the music data delivery server SV1, theclient terminal 2 extracts the music data identification information from the page information at step SP112.
也就是说，以与第一实施例相同的方式，客户机终端2从所接收的页信息的描述部分WP(WP1至WP6)中提取音乐数据标识。通过这种方式，客户机终端2获取与每一个图标IC(IC1至IC6)相关联的音乐数据识别信息，然后处理前进到步骤SP113。That is, in the same manner as the first embodiment, theclient terminal 2 extracts the music data identification from the description part WP (WP1 to WP6 ) of the received page information. In this way, theclient terminal 2 acquires the music data identification information associated with each icon IC (IC1 to IC6 ), and then the process proceeds to step SP113.
在步骤SP113，客户机终端2确定在步骤SP112获得的每一个音乐数据识别信息是为一个专辑设置的(也就是说是否选择图标IC(IC1至IC6)用于下载一组专辑的音乐数据)还是为一个音轨(一首)音乐数据设置的。这例如根据专辑ID是否包括在音乐数据识别信息中来确定。In step SP113, theclient terminal 2 determines that each of the music data identification information obtained in step SP112 is set for an album (that is, whether or not the icons IC (IC1 to IC6 ) are selected for downloading music data of a set of albums ) is still set for one track (one piece) of music data. This is determined, for example, based on whether or not an album ID is included in the music data identification information.
如果在步骤SP113获得否定的结果，则意味着音乐数据识别信息是为每一个音轨设置的(即，音轨识别信息)，而不是为每一个专辑设置的。在这种情况下，客户机终端2前进到步骤SP114。If a negative result is obtained at step SP113, it means that the music data identification information is set for each track (ie, track identification information), not for each album. In this case, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP114.
在步骤SP114，客户机终端2使用为每一个音轨设置的音乐数据识别信息作为检索条件确定与检索条件相对应的音乐数据在硬盘驱动器211中是否已经存在。仅当客户机终端2确定存在相关的音乐数据时，客户机终端2在步骤SP115执行页信息的更新(与上面描述的步骤SP106(图25)相同)，然后前进到步骤SP118。In step SP114, theclient terminal 2 determines whether music data corresponding to the retrieval condition already exists in thehard disk drive 211 using the music data identification information set for each track as a retrieval condition. Only when theclient terminal 2 determines that there is relevant music data, theclient terminal 2 performs update of page information in step SP115 (same as step SP106 (FIG. 25) described above), and then proceeds to step SP118.
与此相反，如果在步骤SP113获得肯定的结果，则意味着音乐数据识别信息是为每一个专辑设置的(即，专辑识别信息)。在这种情况下，客户机终端2前进到步骤SP116。In contrast, if an affirmative result is obtained at step SP113, it means that music data identification information is set for each album (ie, album identification information). In this case, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP116.
在步骤SP116，客户机终端2使用为每一个专辑设置的音乐数据识别信息作为检索条件确定与检索条件相对应的音乐数据在硬盘驱动器211中是否已经存在。In step SP116, theclient terminal 2 determines whether music data corresponding to the retrieval condition already exists in thehard disk drive 211 using the music data identification information set for each album as a retrieval condition.
如果在步骤SP116获得否定的结果，则客户机终端2前进到步骤SP118。与此相反，如果获得肯定的结果，则客户机终端2前进到步骤SP117。If a negative result is obtained at step SP116, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP118. In contrast to this, if an affirmative result is obtained, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP117.
在步骤SP117，客户机终端2根据硬盘驱动器211已经记录了多少首音乐数据(由各个音乐数据识别信息指示已经存储在专辑中的音乐数据)作为相关音乐数据，来更新页信息。在这种情况下，关于存储在每一个专辑中的音乐数据的数量例如可以从CD识别信息数据库的TOC信息表获得。In step SP117, theclient terminal 2 updates the page information according to how many pieces of music data (music data already stored in an album indicated by the respective music data identification information) have been recorded in thehard disk drive 211 as related music data. In this case, the amount of music data stored in each album can be obtained, for example, from the TOC information table of the CD identification information database.
例如，如图28(A)、(B)、(C)所示，由音乐数据识别信息指示的专辑总共包括8首音乐数据。如果所有的8首音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上，则以最暗的颜色显示与音乐数据识别信息相对应的图标IC2。如果4到7首音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上，则以次暗的颜色显示图标IC2。如果1到3首音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上，则以最浅的颜色显示图标IC2(几乎与余下的图标IC相接近)。以这种方式更新页信息。For example, as shown in FIGS. 28(A), (B), and (C), the album indicated by the music data identification information includes 8 pieces of music data in total. If all 8 pieces of music data have been recorded on thehard disk drive 211, the iconIC2 corresponding to the music data identification information is displayed in the darkest color. If 4 to 7 pieces of music data have been recorded on thehard disk drive 211, the icon IC2 is displayed in the second darkest color. If 1 to 3 pieces of music data have been recorded on thehard disk drive 211, the icon IC2 is displayed in the lightest color (almost close to the remaining icon ICs). The page information is updated in this way.
通过这种方式，客户机终端2向用户显示能够由图标IC2下载的一组专辑的音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上、以及专辑的所有音乐数据中有多少首音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。In this way, theclient terminal 2 displays to the user whether the music data of a set of albums that can be downloaded by the icon IC2 have been recorded on thehard disk drive 211, and how many pieces of music data have been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 among all the music data of the album. drive 211 on.
在以这种方式更新页信息之后，客户机终端2前进到步骤SP118，根据页信息在显示器206上显示音乐数据传送页。After updating the page information in this way, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP118 to display a music data transfer page on thedisplay 206 based on the page information.
(2-2)第二实施例的操作和效果(2-2) Operation and effect of the second embodiment
具有上述结构的客户机终端2从所接收的页信息中提取音乐数据识别信息，并且确定音乐数据识别信息是为每一个专辑设置的还是为每一个音轨设置的。客户机终端2还从硬盘驱动器211中检索与音乐数据识别信息相对应的音乐数据。Theclient terminal 2 having the above structure extracts the music data identification information from the received page information, and determines whether the music data identification information is set for each album or each track. Theclient terminal 2 also retrieves from thehard disk drive 211 music data corresponding to the music data identification information.
如果检索结果表明音乐数据识别信息是为每一个专辑设置的，则客户机终端2更新页信息，通过改变图标IC(IC1至IC6)的颜色向用户表示硬盘驱动器211上已经记录了专辑中的多少首音乐数据。If the retrieval result shows that the music data identification information is set for each album, theclient terminal 2 updates the page information to indicate to the user that the album has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 by changing the color of the icons IC (IC1 to IC6 ). how many pieces of music data.
如果检索结果表明音乐数据识别信息是为每一个音轨设置的，则客户机终端2更新页信息，通过改变图标IC(IC1至IC6)的颜色向用户表示与音轨对应的音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。If the search result shows that the music data identification information is set for each track, theclient terminal 2 updates the page information to indicate to the user whether the music data corresponding to the track is changed by changing the color of the icons IC (IC1 to IC6 ). has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211.
以这种方式，通过音乐数据传送页，根据第二实施例的客户机终端2能够向用户表示，通过基于页信息的音乐数据传送页能够下载的音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。在能够购买一组专辑的音乐数据的情况下，客户机终端2向用户表示专辑的音乐数据中已经有多少首记录在硬盘驱动器211上。In this way, through the music data transfer page, theclient terminal 2 according to the second embodiment can indicate to the user whether music data downloadable through the music data transfer page based on page information has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211. In the case where a set of music data of an album can be purchased, theclient terminal 2 indicates to the user how many pieces of the music data of the album have been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 .
上述结构使得下面所述成为可能：客户机终端2根据包括在所接收的页信息中的音乐数据识别信息，从硬盘驱动器211检索与音乐数据识别信息相对应的音乐数据，并且向用户表示与包括在所接收的页信息中的音乐数据识别信息相对应的音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。由此，客户机终端2能够容易地通知用户已经记录了哪些音乐数据。The above structure makes it possible for theclient terminal 2 to retrieve music data corresponding to the music data identification information from thehard disk drive 211 on the basis of the music data identification information included in the received page information, and to indicate to the user that the Whether the music data corresponding to the music data identification information in the received page information has already been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 or not. Thereby, theclient terminal 2 can easily notify the user which music data has been recorded.
此外，根据第二实施例的客户机终端2检索音乐数据，并且根据检索结果更新所接收的页信息。然后客户机终端2在显示器206上显示更新后的页信息，并且清楚地向用户表示与包括在所接收的页信息中的音乐数据识别信息相对应的音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。Furthermore, theclient terminal 2 according to the second embodiment retrieves music data, and updates the received page information according to the retrieval result. Theclient terminal 2 then displays the updated page information on thedisplay 206, and clearly indicates to the user whether music data corresponding to the music data identification information included in the received page information has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211.
此外，如果包括在页信息中的音乐数据识别信息是为每一个专辑设置的，则根据第二实施例的客户机终端2更新页信息，通过使用图标IC(IC1至IC6)的颜色向用户表示硬盘驱动器211上已经记录了专辑中的多少首音乐数据。这不仅向用户表示是否已经记录了一组专辑的音乐数据，而且向用户表示已经记录了多少首该专辑的音乐数据。Furthermore, if the music data identification information included in the page information is set for each album, theclient terminal 2 according to the second embodiment updates the page information by using the color of the icons IC (IC1 to IC6 ) to The user indicates how many pieces of music data in the album have been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 . This indicates to the user not only whether or not music data of a set of albums has been recorded, but also indicates to the user how many pieces of music data of the album have been recorded.
在第一和第二实施例中，客户机终端2接收包括音乐数据识别信息(内容识别信息)的页信息，并且根据包括在页信息中的音乐数据识别信息，从硬盘驱动器211检索相关的音乐数据。但是本发明不仅限于此。如果能够获得音乐数据识别信息，也可以根据其它信息检索相关的音乐数据。In the first and second embodiments, theclient terminal 2 receives page information including music data identification information (content identification information), and retrieves related music from thehard disk drive 211 based on the music data identification information included in the page information. data. But the present invention is not limited thereto. If music data identification information can be obtained, related music data can also be retrieved based on other information.
此外，在第一和第二实施例中，音乐数据(记录在硬盘驱动器211上的内容数据)是检索目标。但是本发明不仅限于此。如果页信息包括有关能够下载的视频数据的信息，则检索目标可以是记录在硬盘驱动器211上的视频数据。根据所接收的页信息，其它类型的内容数据也能够作为检索目标。Furthermore, in the first and second embodiments, music data (content data recorded on the hard disk drive 211) is the retrieval target. But the present invention is not limited thereto. If the page information includes information on downloadable video data, the retrieval target may be video data recorded on thehard disk drive 211 . According to the received page information, other types of content data can also be targeted for retrieval.
另外，在第一和第二实施例中，通过改变图标IC(IC1至IC6)的颜色通知用户与图标IC(IC1至IC6)相对应的音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。但是本发明不仅限于此。可以通过高亮显示与图标IC(IC1至IC6)相邻的音乐数据的标题和艺术家姓名来通知用户。可选择地，可以通过改变图标IC(IC1至IC6)的形状来通知用户。当然也可以采用其它方法。In addition, in the first and second embodiments, the user is informed whether the music data corresponding to the icons IC (IC1 to IC6 ) has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 by changing the color of the icons IC (IC1 to IC6 ). . But the present invention is not limited thereto. The user can be notified by highlighting the title and artist name of the music data adjacent to the icons IC ( IC1 to IC6 ). Alternatively, the user may be notified by changing the shape of the icons IC (IC1 to IC6 ). Of course, other methods can also be used.
此外，在第二实施例中，根据在硬盘驱动器211上已经记录了多少首专辑的音乐数据，客户机终端2改变图标IC(IC1至IC6)的颜色的深浅。但是本发明不仅限于此。例如，如图29所示，可以在图标IC(IC1至IC6)上显示数字字符，指示专辑中包含多少首音乐数据以及在硬盘驱动器211上已经记录了多少首专辑的音乐数据。这能够准确地通知用户多少首专辑的音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。Furthermore, in the second embodiment, theclient terminal 2 changes the shade of color of the icons IC ( IC1 to IC6 ) according to how many albums of music data have been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 . But the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, as shown in FIG. 29 , numeric characters may be displayed on the icons IC (IC1 to IC6 ) indicating how many pieces of music data are included in the album and how many pieces of music data of the album have been recorded on thehard disk drive 211. This can inform the user exactly how many pieces of album music data have been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 .
另外，在第一和第二实施例中，通过更新所接收的页信息，客户机终端2通过基于页信息的音乐数据传送页表示那些阿音乐数据已经记录在客户机终端2上。但是本发明不仅限于此。客户机终端2可以从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收与可下载音乐数据的列表等价的列表信息，并且更新该列表信息，显示在列表信息上所列出的所有音乐数据中的哪些音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。In addition, in the first and second embodiments, by updating the received page information, theclient terminal 2 indicates which music data has been recorded on theclient terminal 2 by transmitting pages of music data based on the page information. But the present invention is not limited thereto. Theclient terminal 2 can receive list information equivalent to a list of downloadable music data from the music data delivery server SV1, and update the list information to show which of all the music data listed on the list information has already been recorded. onhard drive 211.
在这种情况下，客户机终端2可以从列表信息中提取专辑识别信息或音轨识别信息，然后从硬盘驱动器211上检索与专辑识别信息或音轨识别信息相对应的音乐数据。接着，例如如图30所示，当根据所接收的列表信息在显示器206上显示列表信息屏幕SC时，客户机终端2可以更新列表信息，使得记录标记RM(RM1至RM5)显示在已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上的音乐数据的相应部分上。这向用户表示在列表信息所列出的可下载音乐数据中哪些音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。In this case, theclient terminal 2 can extract the album identification information or the track identification information from the list information, and then retrieve the music data corresponding to the album identification information or the track identification information from thehard disk drive 211 . Next, as shown in FIG. 30, for example, when the list information screen SC is displayed on thedisplay 206 based on the received list information, theclient terminal 2 may update the list information so that the record marks RM (RM1 to RM5 ) are displayed on the already On the corresponding part of the music data recorded on thehard disk drive 211. This indicates to the user which music data has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 among the downloadable music data listed in the list information.
此外，在第一和第二实施例中，客户机终端2通知用户能够从音乐数据传送服务器SV1(外部装置)下载的音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。但是本发明不仅限于此。在用户从产品销售服务器(外部装置)购买CD或DVD的情况下，客户机终端2也能够通知用户哪些在CD或DVD中的音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。Furthermore, in the first and second embodiments, theclient terminal 2 notifies the user whether music data capable of being downloaded from the music data delivery server SV1 (external device) has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 or not. But the present invention is not limited thereto. In the case where the user purchases a CD or DVD from a product sales server (external device), theclient terminal 2 can also inform the user which music data in the CD or DVD has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211.
在这种情况下，客户机终端2从产品销售服务器SV2接收能够购买的封装媒体(CD、DVD等)的列表信息，并且从列表信息中提取用于识别封装媒体的媒体识别信息(比如专辑标题和专辑ID)，然后从硬盘驱动器211上检索与封装媒体识别信息相对应的音乐数据。这能够防止用户发生比如购买包含与其已经拥有的相同音乐数据的CD的错误。In this case, theclient terminal 2 receives list information of packaged media (CD, DVD, etc.) that can be purchased from the product sales server SV2, and extracts media identification information (such as an album title) for identifying the packaged media from the list information. and album ID), and then retrieve the music data corresponding to the packaged media identification information from thehard disk drive 211. This can prevent the user from making mistakes such as purchasing a CD containing the same music data as he already owns.
此外，在第一和第二实施例中，客户机终端2高亮显示与已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上的哪些音乐数据相对应的图标IC(IC1至IC6)。但是本发明不仅限于此。也可以高亮显示与没有记录的音乐数据相对应的图标IC(IC1至IC6)。Furthermore, in the first and second embodiments, theclient terminal 2 highlights the icons IC ( IC1 to IC6 ) corresponding to which music data has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 . But the present invention is not limited thereto. Icons IC (IC1 to IC6 ) corresponding to unrecorded music data may also be highlighted.
另外，在第一和第二实施例中，在从音乐CD剥离音乐数据的情况下，客户机终端2根据安装在硬盘驱动器211上的CD识别信息数据库中的音轨识别信息和/或专辑识别信息，识别存储在音乐CD中的音乐数据的标题、其艺术家姓名等等。但是本发明不仅限于此。客户机终端2可以将从中剥离音乐数据的音乐CD的TOC信息发送给具有CD识别信息数据库的预定服务器。在从服务器收到音轨识别信息和/或专辑识别信息之后，客户机终端2可以根据该音轨识别信息和/或专辑识别信息识别存储在音乐CD中的音乐数据的标题、其艺术家姓名等等。In addition, in the first and second embodiments, in the case of stripping music data from a music CD, theclient terminal 2 recognizes the CD based on the track identification information and/or album identification in the CD identification information database installed on thehard disk drive 211. information identifying the title of the music data stored in the music CD, its artist name, etc. But the present invention is not limited thereto. Theclient terminal 2 can transmit the TOC information of the music CD from which the music data is stripped to a predetermined server having a CD identification information database. After receiving the track identification information and/or album identification information from the server, theclient terminal 2 can identify the title of the music data stored in the music CD, its artist name, etc. based on the track identification information and/or album identification information. wait.
此外，在第一和第二实施例中，将硬盘驱动器211用作存储介质。但是本发明不仅限于此。也可以应用CD-RW(可重写致密盘)、DVD-RD(数字通用盘随机存取存储器)、“记忆棒(索尼公司的注册商标)”、以及其它存储介质。Furthermore, in the first and second embodiments, thehard disk drive 211 is used as a storage medium. But the present invention is not limited thereto. CD-RW (Compact Disc Rewritable), DVD-RD (Digital Versatile Disc Random Access Memory), "Memory Stick (registered trademark of Sony Corporation)", and other storage media can also be applied.
另外，在上述实施例中，将无线电广播作为客户机终端2能够接收的一种广播。但是本发明不仅限于此。客户机终端2能够接收因特网无线电广播或卫星无线电广播，并且获取相关联的信息(无线电广播信息)。可替代地，客户机终端2可以从电视台接收电视广播，并且从网络NT上的服务器获取与电视节目相关联的各种信息。In addition, in the above-described embodiments, radio broadcasting is taken as one broadcast that theclient terminal 2 can receive. But the present invention is not limited thereto. Theclient terminal 2 is capable of receiving Internet radio broadcasts or satellite radio broadcasts, and acquires associated information (radio broadcast information). Alternatively, theclient terminal 2 may receive television broadcasts from television stations, and acquire various information associated with television programs from servers on the network NT.
此外，在第一和第二实施例中，将硬件电路块、功能电路块、以及程序模块应用于客户机终端2。但是本发明不仅限于此。它们也可以应用于与客户机终端2类似的其它类型的终端，例如移动电话和个人计算机。装备有硬件电路块、功能电路块、以及程序模块的这些终端能够以与上述客户机终端2相同的方式工作。Furthermore, in the first and second embodiments, hardware circuit blocks, functional circuit blocks, and program modules are applied to theclient terminal 2 . But the present invention is not limited thereto. They can also be applied to other types of terminals similar to theclient terminal 2, such as mobile phones and personal computers. These terminals equipped with hardware circuit blocks, functional circuit blocks, and program modules can operate in the same manner as theclient terminal 2 described above.
另外，在第一和第二实施例中，将图2所示的通信控制部分32和网络接口33、或者如图14所示的通信处理部分214和网络接口215用作通信部件。将图2所示的控制部分23或图14所示的CPU 203用作提取部件和检索部件。将图2所示的控制部分23和页信息产生部分36、或者图14所示的CPU 203用作更新部件。将图2所示的显示控制部分24和显示部分25、或者图14所示的显示处理部分207和显示器206用作显示部件。通过这种方式将客户机终端2配置为信息处理装置。但是本发明不仅限于此。如果以相同的方式工作，客户机终端2也可以配置其它类型的功能电路块。In addition, in the first and second embodiments, thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 shown in FIG. 2 , or thecommunication processing section 214 and thenetwork interface 215 shown in FIG. 14 are used as communication means. Thecontrol section 23 shown in FIG. 2 or theCPU 203 shown in FIG. 14 is used as extraction means and retrieval means. Thecontrol section 23 and the pageinformation generation section 36 shown in FIG. 2, or theCPU 203 shown in FIG. 14 are used as updating means. Thedisplay control section 24 and thedisplay section 25 shown in FIG. 2, or thedisplay processing section 207 and thedisplay 206 shown in FIG. 14 are used as display means. In this way, theclient terminal 2 is configured as an information processing device. But the present invention is not limited thereto. If operated in the same manner, theclient terminal 2 can also be configured with other types of functional circuit blocks.
(3)第三实施例(3) The third embodiment
下面将描述第三实施例。根据第三实施例的系统、客户机终端、以及服务器的结构与第一实施例的相同。因此省略其详细描述。A third embodiment will be described below. The configurations of the system, client terminal, and server according to the third embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment. A detailed description thereof is therefore omitted.
在第三实施例中，客户机终端2包括自动内容检索功能：使用从无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3获取的无线电广播信息(例如正在广播信息)，客户机终端2从硬盘驱动器211检索与所接收的当前无线电节目正在播出的音乐相对应的音乐数据。下面将描述从无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3获取的无线电广播信息、以及自动内容检索功能。In the third embodiment, theclient terminal 2 includes an automatic content retrieval function: using the radio broadcast information (for example, on-broadcast information) acquired from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3, theclient terminal 2 retrieves from thehard disk drive 211 the information related to the received content. Music data corresponding to music that is currently broadcast on the radio program. The radio broadcast information acquired from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3, and the automatic content retrieval function will be described below.
(3-1)无线电广播信息数据库的结构(3-1) Structure of radio broadcast information database
无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3通过安装在硬盘驱动器292(图19)上的无线电广播信息数据库控制有关无线电台的无线电节目广播的正在广播信息和广播列表信息。正在广播信息和广播列表信息由相应的无线电台管理。The radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 controls on-air information and broadcast list information about radio program broadcasts of radio stations through the radio broadcast information database installed on the hard disk drive 292 (FIG. 19). Now broadcasting information and broadcast list information are managed by corresponding radio stations.
图31示出无线电广播信息数据库的结构。无线电广播信息数据库包括管理正在广播信息的当前正在广播的节目表TB10、管理广播列表信息的已经广播的音乐表TB11、以及已经广播的节目表TB12。Fig. 31 shows the structure of the radio broadcast information database. The radio broadcasting information database includes a currently broadcasting program table TB10 managing broadcasting information, an already broadcasted music table TB11 managing broadcast list information, and an already broadcasted program table TB12.
当前正在广播的节目表TB10包括正在广播信息：与无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3相对应的无线电台的名称、无线电台当前正在广播的无线电节目的广播时间(日期、开始和结束时间)、节目的标题、表演者的姓名(DJ(Disk Jockey))、无线电节目中当前正在广播的音乐的广播开始时间(包括日期)、音乐的标题、音乐的艺术家姓名、以及其类型。The currently broadcasting program table TB10 includes broadcasting information: the name of the radio station corresponding to the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3, the broadcast time (date, start and end time) of the radio program currently being broadcast by the radio station, the title of the program , the name of the performer (DJ (Disk Jockey)), the broadcast start time (including date) of the music currently being broadcast on the radio program, the title of the music, the name of the artist of the music, and its genre.
也就是说，当前正在广播的节目表TB10包含正在广播信息、或者有关当前正在广播的无线电节目和无线电节目中当前正在广播的音乐的信息。That is, the currently broadcast program table TB10 contains on broadcast information, or information on the currently broadcast radio program and the currently broadcast music in the radio program.
已经广播的音乐表TB11包括广播列表信息：相应的无线电台的名称、在无线电台广播的无线电节目中的音乐的广播时间(日期和开始时间)、音乐标题、音乐的艺术家姓名、以及其类型。The already-broadcast music table TB11 includes broadcast list information: the name of the corresponding radio station, the broadcast time (date and start time) of the music in the radio program broadcast by the radio station, the title of the music, the name of the artist of the music, and its genre.
也就是说，已经广播的音乐表TB11包含广播列表信息、或者有关已经在无线电节目中广播的音乐的信息。That is, the already-broadcast music table TB11 contains broadcast list information, or information on music that has been broadcast in radio programs.
已经广播的节目表TB12包括广播列表信息：相应的无线电台的名称、无线电台已经广播的无线电节目的广播时间(日期、开始和结束时间)、节目的标题、以及表演者的姓名(DJ(Disk Jockey))。The already-broadcast program table TB12 includes broadcast list information: the name of the corresponding radio station, the broadcast time (date, start and end time) of the radio program that the radio station has broadcast, the title of the program, and the name of the performer (DJ (Disk Jockey)).
也就是说，已经广播的节目表TB12包含广播列表信息、或者有关已经广播的节目的信息。That is, the already-broadcast program table TB12 contains broadcast list information, or information on already-broadcast programs.
当相应的无线电台通知无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3当前的广播状况(比如无线电节目的开始或结束、或者在无线电节目中广播的音乐的开始或结束)时，无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的CPU 290(图19)根据该广播状况更新当前正在广播的节目表TB10的内容。When the corresponding radio station notifies the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 of the current broadcast status (such as the start or end of a radio program, or the start or end of music broadcast in a radio program), the CPU 290 of the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 ( Fig. 19) The contents of the currently broadcast program table TB10 are updated according to the broadcast status.
也就是说，在一个无线电节目结束而另一个开始时、或者在无线电节目中一首音乐结束而另一首开始时、或者在类似情况下，更新当前正在广播的节目表TB10中的正在广播信息。That is, when one radio program ends and another starts, or when one piece of music in a radio program ends and another starts, or in similar cases, the now-broadcasting information in the program table TB10 currently being broadcast is updated. .
以这种方式，实时的正在广播信息存储在符合当前广播状况的当前正在广播的节目表TB10中。顺便提及的是，在没有广播音乐的情况下，可以在当前正在广播的节目表TB10中存储无效数据以指示没有广播任何音乐。可替代地，可以将前面广播的音乐的正在广播信息存储在当前正在广播的节目表TB10中，一直到下一首音乐开始为止。In this way, real-time on-broadcast information is stored in the currently-on-broadcast program table TB10 in accordance with the current broadcast situation. Incidentally, in the case where no music is being broadcast, invalid data may be stored in the program table TB10 currently being broadcast to indicate that no music is being broadcast. Alternatively, the on-air information of the previously-broadcast music may be stored in the currently-on-air program table TB10 until the next piece of music starts.
当CPU 290接收来自客户机终端2的正在广播信息的获取请求时，CPU 290通过网络接口295将已经存储在当前正在广播的节目表TB10中的正在广播信息发送给客户机终端2。When the CPU 290 receives an acquisition request of the broadcasting information from theclient terminal 2, the CPU 290 sends the broadcasting information stored in the currently broadcasting program table TB10 to theclient terminal 2 through the network interface 295.
在无线电节目中的音乐结束之后的预定时间周期(例如几分钟)，CPU290将音乐的广播列表信息添加到已经广播的音乐表TB11中，如图33所示。At a predetermined time period (for example, several minutes) after the music in the radio program ends, the CPU 290 adds the broadcast list information of the music to the already broadcast music table TB11, as shown in FIG. 33 .
在无线电节目结束之后的预定时间周期(例如几分钟)，CPU 290还将无线电节目的广播列表信息添加到已经广播的节目表TB12中，如图34所示。After a predetermined period of time (for example, several minutes) after the end of the radio program, the CPU 290 also adds the broadcast list information of the radio program to the already broadcast program table TB12, as shown in FIG. 34 .
当CPU 290从客户机终端2接收获取请求信号请求预定周期的广播列表信息(例如前一天的广播列表信息)时，如图35所示，CPU 290将已经广播的音乐表TB11的广播时间与已经广播的节目表TB12的广播时间相关联，使得存储在这两个表中的两种类型的广播列表信息彼此相关联，然后从中提取前一天的广播列表。接着CPU 290通过网络接口295将所提取的广播列表信息提供给客户机终端2。When the CPU 290 receives an acquisition request signal from theclient terminal 2 requesting broadcast list information of a predetermined period (for example, the broadcast list information of the previous day), as shown in FIG. The broadcast times of the broadcast program table TB12 are associated such that the two types of broadcast list information stored in the two tables are associated with each other, and then the previous day's broadcast list is extracted therefrom. Then the CPU 290 provides the extracted broadcast list information to theclient terminal 2 through the network interface 295.
以这种方式，客户机终端2所接收的广播列表信息是与前一天的无线电节目以及在前一天的无线电节目中的多首音乐二者相关联的列表。In this way, the broadcast list information received by theclient terminal 2 is a list associated with both the previous day's radio program and the pieces of music in the previous day's radio program.
通过这种方式，无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3不仅存储和管理诸如相应的无线电台的无线电节目广播的节目标题、无线电节目的广播时间、以及表演者的姓名(DJ)之类的信息，而且存储和管理包括诸如在无线电节目中广播的音乐的标题、音乐的广播开始时间、以及艺术家姓名之类的详细信息在内的正在广播信息和广播列表信息。响应客户机终端2的请求，无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3将它们传送给客户机终端2。In this way, the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 not only stores and manages information such as the program title of the radio program broadcast of the corresponding radio station, the broadcast time of the radio program, and the name of the performer (DJ), but also stores and On-air information and broadcast list information including detailed information such as titles of music broadcast on radio programs, broadcast start times of music, and artist names are managed. In response to theclient terminal 2's request, the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 delivers them to theclient terminal 2.
实际上，在客户机终端2例如从无线电台接收广播的同时，从相应于无线电台的无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3接收正在广播信息的情况下，客户机终端2根据该正在广播信息在显示器206上显示正在广播信息屏幕300。Actually, in the case where theclient terminal 2 receives broadcasting information from the radio broadcasting information delivery server SV3 corresponding to the radio station while receiving broadcasting from the radio station, for example, theclient terminal 2 displays the current broadcasting information on thedisplay 206 based on the now-broadcasting information. A NowBroadcasting Information screen 300 is displayed.
正在广播信息屏幕300显示所接收的正在广播信息：无线电台名称、音乐标题、该音乐的艺术家姓名、以及节目标题。以这种方式，客户机终端2通过正在广播信息屏幕300向用户表示与所选择的无线电台当前正在广播的节目以及在该节目中正在广播的音乐相关联的信息。The now-broadcastinginformation screen 300 displays received now-broadcasting information: radio station name, music title, artist name of the music, and program title. In this manner, theclient terminal 2 represents to the user through the now broadcastinginformation screen 300 information associated with the program that the selected radio station is currently broadcasting and the music being broadcast in the program.
(3-2)自动内容检索功能(3-2) Automatic content retrieval function
下面将描述根据本发明该实施例的客户机终端2的自动内容检索功能。自动内容检索功能是使用上述正在广播信息自动检测与在该节目中广播的音乐相对应的音乐数据是否已经存储在硬盘驱动器211(等价于图2中的存储介质29)中。下面将参照图37的时序图详细描述自动内容检索功能的(自动内容检索处理)的过程。The automatic content retrieval function of theclient terminal 2 according to this embodiment of the present invention will be described below. The automatic content retrieval function is to automatically detect whether music data corresponding to the music broadcast in the program has been stored in the hard disk drive 211 (equivalent to thestorage medium 29 in FIG. 2 ) using the above-mentioned now-broadcasting information. The procedure of the automatic content retrieval function (automatic content retrieval processing) will be described in detail below with reference to the sequence diagram of FIG. 37 .
顺便提及的是，该自动内容检索处理是在客户机终端2和无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3之间的处理序列，并且由客户机终端2的CPU 203和无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3的CPU 290执行。Incidentally, this automatic content retrieval processing is a processing sequence between theclient terminal 2 and the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3, and is executed by theCPU 203 of theclient terminal 2 and the CPU 290 of the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 .
在该自动内容检索处理中，客户机终端2从无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3获取正在广播信息。但是，这一点已经在上文中进行了描述，因此在此省略有关获取方法和验证方法的详细描述。In this automatic content retrieval process, theclient terminal 2 acquires on-broadcast information from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3. However, this point has been described above, so detailed descriptions about the acquisition method and verification method are omitted here.
当用户选择无线电台时，客户机终端2通过扬声器210输出所选择的无线电台的节目广播的音频，并且开始自动内容检索处理，然后前进到步骤SP200。When the user selects a radio station, theclient terminal 2 outputs the audio of the program broadcast of the selected radio station through thespeaker 210, and starts the automatic content retrieval process, and then proceeds to step SP200.
在步骤SP200，客户机终端2向相应于所选择的无线电台的无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3发送请求信号以请求正在广播信息。In step SP200, theclient terminal 2 transmits a request signal to the radio broadcasting information delivery server SV3 corresponding to the selected radio station to request the on-broadcasting information.
当无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3从客户机终端2收到请求信号时，无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3在步骤SP201从无线电广播信息数据库的当前正在广播的节目表TB10中读出正在广播信息，然后将其发送给客户机终端2。When the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 receives a request signal from theclient terminal 2, the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 reads the currently broadcasting information from the currently broadcast program table TB10 of the radio broadcast information database in step SP201, and then sends it to Send toclient terminal 2.
当客户机终端2从无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3收到正在广播信息时，客户机终端2在步骤SP202将其临时存储在RAM 205中，然后前进到步骤SP203。When theclient terminal 2 receives the on-broadcast information from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3, theclient terminal 2 temporarily stores it in theRAM 205 at step SP202, and then proceeds to step SP203.
在步骤SP203，客户机终端2设置一部分正在广播信息，音乐标题(例如“Beyond the starlit sky”)及其艺术家姓名(例如“SUMASHIGAO”)作为检索条件，并且从内部硬盘驱动器211检索相应于该检索条件的音乐数据，然后前进到步骤SP204。In step SP203, theclient terminal 2 sets a part of the now-broadcasting information, the title of the music (such as "Beyond the starlit sky") and its artist name (such as "SUMASHIGAO") as retrieval conditions, and retrieves from the internalhard disk drive 211 corresponding to the retrieval condition. conditioned music data, and then proceeds to step SP204.
根据检索结果，客户机终端2在步骤SP204确定在硬盘驱动器211上是否存在相应的音乐数据。Based on the retrieval result, theclient terminal 2 determines whether corresponding music data exists on thehard disk drive 211 at step SP204.
如果在步骤SP204获得否定的结果，则意味着与所接收的正在广播信息，“Beyond the starlit sky”的音乐标题及“SUMASHIGAO”的艺术家姓名相对应的音乐数据在硬盘驱动器211上不存在。在这种情况下，客户机终端2前进到步骤SP205，并且根据所接收的正在广播信息在显示器206上显示正在广播信息屏幕300(图36)。接着，在步骤SP200请求正在广播信息的30秒钟之后，客户机终端2再次向无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3请求正在广播信息，然后重复随后的处理。If a negative result is obtained at step SP204, it means that the music data corresponding to the received on-air information, the music title of "Beyond the starlit sky" and the artist name of "SUMASHIGAO" do not exist on thehard disk drive 211. In this case, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP205, and displays an on-broadcast information screen 300 (FIG. 36) on thedisplay 206 based on the received on-broadcast information. Next, 30 seconds after the request for the now-broadcasting information at step SP200, theclient terminal 2 requests the radio-broadcasting information delivery server SV3 for the now-broadcasting information again, and then repeats the subsequent processing.
如果在步骤SP204获得肯定的结果，则意味着与所接收的正在广播信息，“Beyond the starlit sky”的音乐标题及“SUMASHIGAO”的艺术家姓名相对应的音乐数据在硬盘驱动器211上存在。此时，客户机终端2前进到步骤SP206。If an affirmative result is obtained at step SP204, it means that music data corresponding to the received on-air information, the music title of "Beyond the starlit sky" and the artist name of "SUMASHIGAO" exist on thehard disk drive 211. At this time, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP206.
如图38所示，客户机终端2在步骤SP206根据所接收的正在广播信息在显示器206上显示正在广播信息屏幕300。与在步骤SP204获得否定结果时显示的(图36)不同，该正在广播信息屏幕300显示指示按钮301，用于指示与正在广播信息相关的音乐数据(该音乐数据也称作“相关音乐数据”)已经存在于硬盘驱动器211上。As shown in FIG. 38, theclient terminal 2 displays an on-broadcast information screen 300 on thedisplay 206 at step SP206 based on the received on-broadcast information. Different from what is displayed when a negative result is obtained in step SP204 (FIG. 36), this now-broadcastinginformation screen 300 displays anindication button 301 for indicating music data related to the now-broadcasting information (this music data is also referred to as "related music data"). ) already exists on thehard disk drive 211.
通过这种方式，当相关音乐数据存在于硬盘驱动器211上时，客户机终端2在正在广播信息屏幕300上显示指示按钮301。当相关音乐数据不存在时，客户机终端2不显示该指示按钮301。通过这种方式，客户机终端2能够通知用户与所选择的无线电台当前正在广播的音乐相对应的(即，与用户当前正在收听的音乐相对应的)音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。In this way, when the relevant music data exists on thehard disk drive 211, theclient terminal 2 displays theinstruction button 301 on the now broadcastinginformation screen 300. Theclient terminal 2 does not display theinstruction button 301 when the relevant music data does not exist. In this way, theclient terminal 2 can notify the user whether music data corresponding to the music that the selected radio station is currently broadcasting (that is, corresponding to the music that the user is currently listening to) has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211. .
在显示具有指示按钮301的正在广播信息屏幕300之后，客户机终端2前进到下一步骤SP207。After displaying the OnBroadcasting information screen 300 with theinstruction button 301, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to the next step SP207.
在步骤SP207，客户机终端2确定用户是否按下指示按钮301。指示按钮301不仅用于向用户表示是否已经记录了相关音乐数据，而且用于重放该相关音乐数据(在这种情况下，为与“Beyond the starlit sky”的音乐标题及“SUMASHIGAO”的艺术家姓名相对应的音乐数据)。当按下指示按钮301时，重放相关音乐数据。In step SP207, theclient terminal 2 determines whether the user presses theinstruction button 301 or not. Theindication button 301 is used not only to indicate to the user whether the relevant music data has been recorded, but also to play back the relevant music data (in this case, the title of the music related to "Beyond the starlit sky" and the artist of "SUMASHIGAO") Music data corresponding to the name). When thedesignation button 301 is pressed, the associated music data is played back.
如果在步骤SP207获得否定的结果，则客户机终端2在步骤SP200请求正在广播信息30秒钟之后，再次向无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3请求正在广播信息，然后重复随后的处理。If a negative result is obtained at step SP207, theclient terminal 2 requests the now-broadcasting information to the radio broadcasting information delivery server SV3 again 30 seconds after requesting the now-broadcasting information at step SP200, and then repeats the subsequent processing.
如果在步骤SP207获得肯定的结果，则意味着用户试图重放基于相关音乐数据的音乐。此时，客户机终端2前进到步骤SP208。If an affirmative result is obtained at step SP207, it means that the user tried to play back music based on the relevant music data. At this time, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP208.
在步骤SP208，客户机终端2在显示器206上显示如图39所示的相关音乐数据重放屏幕310，并且开始重放相关音乐数据。At step SP208, theclient terminal 2 displays the related musicdata playback screen 310 shown in FIG. 39 on thedisplay 206, and starts playback of the related music data.
该重放屏幕310根据相关音乐数据的属性信息来生成，包括图解显示相关音乐数据的存储地址的存储地址显示区域311、显示诸如相关音乐的标题和存储相关音乐数据的目录的名称之类的属性信息的属性信息显示区域312、以及列出存储在同样也存储相关音乐的“专辑”目录下的音乐数据的标题的标题列表显示区域313。Thisplayback screen 310 is generated based on the attribute information of the related music data, including a storageaddress display area 311 that graphically displays the storage address of the related music data, and displays attributes such as the title of the related music and the name of the directory storing the related music data. An attributeinformation display area 312 of information, and a titlelist display area 313 which lists the titles of music data stored under the "album" directory which also stores related music.
存储地址显示区域311图解显示目录树以及相关音乐数据已经存储在哪一部分。这帮助用户容易地理解相关音乐数据的存储地址。The storageaddress display area 311 graphically displays the directory tree and in which part the related music data has been stored. This helps the user to easily understand the storage address of the relevant music data.
属性信息显示区域312显示相关音乐数据的标题、存储相关音乐数据的专辑的目录名称(例如“SUMASHIGAO：The BEST”)、以及文件夹上一层目录的名称(例如“CD recording folder”)。通过这种方式，向用户显示存储相关音乐数据的目录的名称。顺便提及的是，“专辑”的目录名称等价于存储相关音乐数据的专辑的名称。The attributeinformation display area 312 displays the title of the relevant music data, the directory name of the album storing the relevant music data (such as "SUMASHIGAO: The BEST"), and the name of the directory one level above the folder (such as "CD recording folder"). In this way, the name of the directory storing the relevant music data is displayed to the user. Incidentally, the directory name of "album" is equivalent to the name of the album storing the relevant music data.
标题信息显示区域313列出存储在同样也存储相关音乐的“专辑”目录下(在这种情况下，为“SUMASHIGAO：The BEST”)的音乐数据的标题。这向用户表示已经存储在专辑“SUMASHIGAO：The BEST”和硬盘驱动器211两者中的其它音乐数据(即，向用户表示与相关音乐数据高度相关的音乐数据)。The titleinformation display area 313 lists the titles of music data stored under the "album" category (in this case, "SUMASHIGAO: The BEST") that also stores related music. This indicates to the user other music data that has been stored in both the album "SUMASHIGAO: The BEST" and the hard disk drive 211 (that is, indicates to the user music data highly related to related music data).
此外，标题列表显示区域313显示选择光标SU用以选择标题中的一个。因此，连同相关音乐数据一起，标题列表显示区域313上的其它音乐数据能够通过选择光标SU进行重放。Also, the titlelist display area 313 displays a selection cursor SU for selecting one of the titles. Therefore, together with related music data, other music data on the titlelist display area 313 can be played back by selecting the cursor SU.
在显示重放屏幕311并开始重放相关音乐数据之后，客户机终端2根据来自用户的指令确定是继续重放相关音乐数据，还是停止重放以便重复上述处理(步骤SP200及随后的处理)。After displaying theplayback screen 311 and starting playback of the related music data, theclient terminal 2 determines whether to continue playback of the related music data or to stop playback to repeat the above-mentioned processing (step SP200 and subsequent processing) according to an instruction from the user.
(3-3)第三实施例的操作和效果(3-3) Operation and effect of the third embodiment
具有上述结构的客户机终端2从相应于用户选择的无线电台的无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3接收与当前正在广播的音乐相关联的正在广播信息，然后设置部分正在广播信息，音乐标题和艺术家姓名作为检索条件，用于从硬盘驱动器211中检索与检索条件相对应的相关音乐数据。Theclient terminal 2 having the above-mentioned structure receives on-broadcast information associated with the music currently being broadcast from the radio broadcast information delivery server SV3 corresponding to the radio station selected by the user, and then sets part of the on-broadcast information, music title and artist name as A retrieval condition for retrieving from thehard disk drive 211 related music data corresponding to the retrieval condition.
当存在相关音乐数据时，客户机终端2在正在广播信息屏幕300上显示指示按钮301；当不存在相关音乐数据时，客户机终端2不在正在广播信息屏幕300上显示指示按钮301。Theclient terminal 2 displays theindication button 301 on the now broadcastinginformation screen 300 when there is related music data;
当在正在广播信息屏幕300上按下指示按钮301时，客户机终端2向显示器206输出包括相关音乐的存储地址及其标题、存储相关音乐数据的专辑的名称、与相关音乐数据相关联的音乐数据列表等在内的重放屏幕310。客户机终端2还开始重放相关音乐数据。When theinstructing button 301 is pressed on thebroadcasting information screen 300, theclient terminal 2 outputs to thedisplay 206 including the storage address of the relevant music and its title, the name of the album storing the relevant music data, the music associated with the relevant music data,Playback screen 310 including data list, etc. Theclient terminal 2 also starts playback of the associated music data.
由此，客户机终端2能够向用户表示与当前接收的无线电节目中正在广播的音乐相对应的音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。此外，客户机终端2能够向用户表示诸如相关音乐数据的存储地址及其名称、存储相关音乐数据的专辑的名称等之类的属性信息、以及相关联音乐数据的标题。Thus, theclient terminal 2 can indicate to the user whether or not music data corresponding to the music being broadcast in the currently received radio program has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 . Furthermore, theclient terminal 2 is capable of indicating to the user attribute information such as the storage address of the relevant music data and its name, the name of the album in which the relevant music data is stored, and the like, and the title of the associated music data.
因此，例如当用户收听无线电节目并且在节目中开始他/她感兴趣的一首音乐时，即使他/她不记得该首音乐是否已经记录在客户机终端2上，他/她也能够容易地识别该首音乐是否已经记录在客户机终端2上。Therefore, for example, when a user listens to a radio program and starts a piece of music that he/she is interested in on the program, even if he/she does not remember whether the piece of music has been recorded on theclient terminal 2, he/she can easily Whether or not the piece of music has been recorded on theclient terminal 2 is identified.
上述结构使得下面所述成为可能：客户机终端2从硬盘驱动器211检索与所接收的正在广播信息的音乐标题和艺术家姓名相对应的音乐数据，并且向用户表示与当前接收的无线电节目中广播的音乐相对应的音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。由此，客户机终端2能够容易地通知用户已经记录了哪些音乐数据。The above structure makes it possible for theclient terminal 2 to retrieve from thehard disk drive 211 music data corresponding to the music title and artist name of the received broadcasting information, and to indicate to the user the music data corresponding to the currently received radio program. Whether the music data corresponding to the music has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 or not. Thereby, theclient terminal 2 can easily notify the user which music data has been recorded.
在第三实施例中，在与当前接收的无线电节目中广播的音乐相对应的音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上的情况下，客户机终端2显示诸如音乐数据的存储地址和标题的属性信息。这使得用户能够更加清楚地知道与当前接收的无线电节目中广播的音乐相对应的音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。In the third embodiment, in a case where music data corresponding to music broadcast in a currently received radio program has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211, theclient terminal 2 displays attribute information such as the storage address and title of the music data . This enables the user to more clearly know whether or not music data corresponding to music broadcast in a currently received radio program has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 .
此外，在第三实施例中，客户机终端2以预定时间间隔自动获取正在广播信息，并且使用该正在广播信息检索相关音乐数据。因此，无需强迫用户进行烦琐的检索操作等，客户机终端2能够检索与当前接收的无线电节目中广播的音乐相对应的音乐数据，然后通知用户检索结果。Furthermore, in the third embodiment, theclient terminal 2 automatically acquires now-broadcasting information at predetermined time intervals, and uses the now-broadcasting information to retrieve related music data. Therefore, without forcing the user to perform cumbersome retrieval operations and the like, theclient terminal 2 can retrieve music data corresponding to the music broadcast in the currently received radio program, and then notify the user of the retrieval result.
另外，在第三实施例中，客户机终端2通过显示或不显示指示按钮301(等价于正在广播信息屏幕300上的指示器)，通知用户相关音乐数据是否已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上。但是本发明不仅限于此。例如，如图40所示，当在硬盘驱动器211上不存在相关音乐数据时，客户机终端2可以改变指示按钮301的颜色，并且使指示按钮301无效以便不能按下指示按钮301，从而通知用户不存在相关音乐数据这一事实。通过这种方式，可以改变指示按钮301的显示方法。In addition, in the third embodiment, theclient terminal 2 notifies the user whether relevant music data has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 by displaying or not displaying the indication button 301 (equivalent to the indicator on the broadcasting information screen 300). But the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, as shown in FIG. 40, when there is no relevant music data on thehard disk drive 211, theclient terminal 2 can change the color of theindication button 301, and make theindication button 301 invalid so that theindication button 301 cannot be pressed, thereby notifying the user The fact that there is no relevant music data. In this way, the display method of thepointing button 301 can be changed.
此外，在第三实施例中，当按下正在广播信息屏幕300上的指示按钮301时，客户机终端2通过显示器206输出包括属性信息(等价于相关音乐数据的属性信息)的重放屏幕310。但是本发明不仅限于此。例如，如图41所示，当相关音乐数据已经存在于硬盘驱动器211上时，可以在正在广播信息屏幕300上显示指示存储地址的字符(例如“CD recordingfolder\SUMASHIGAO\SUMASHIGAO_THE_BEST\Beyond_The_Starlit_Sky”)。Furthermore, in the third embodiment, when theinstruction button 301 on the now broadcastinginformation screen 300 is pressed, theclient terminal 2 outputs a playback screen including attribute information (equivalent to attribute information of related music data) through thedisplay 206 310. But the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, as shown in FIG. 41, when relevant music data already exists on thehard disk drive 211, characters indicating a storage address (for example, "CD recording folder\SUMASHIGAO\SUMASHIGAO_THE_BEST\Beyond_The_Starlit_Sky") may be displayed on the NowBroadcasting information screen 300.
在这种情况下，不进行相关音乐数据的重放。但是，正在广播信息屏幕300可以表示相关音乐数据已经记录在硬盘驱动器211上这一事实并且指示存储地址。In this case, playback of the relevant music data is not performed. However, the NowBroadcasting information screen 300 may indicate the fact that relevant music data has been recorded on thehard disk drive 211 and indicate the storage address.
另外，在第三实施例中，当按下指示按钮301开始重放相关音乐数据时，没有清楚地揭示无线电节目的音频输出方式。但是，期望当开始相关音乐数据时，客户机终端2停止输出无线电节目的音频。在这种情况下，客户机终端2的CPU 203控制音频处理部分209停止输出无线电节目的音频。In addition, in the third embodiment, when theinstruction button 301 is pressed to start playback of the relevant music data, the audio output mode of the radio program is not clearly revealed. However, it is desirable that theclient terminal 2 stops outputting the audio of the radio program when the related music data is started. In this case, theCPU 203 of theclient terminal 2 controls theaudio processing section 209 to stop outputting the audio of the radio program.
此外，在第三实施例中，当硬盘驱动器211上不存在相关音乐数据时，客户机终端2只是停止显示指示按钮301。但是本发明不仅限于此。例如，客户机终端2可以在正在广播信息屏幕300上显示能够买到相关音乐数据的购买网页的网络地址(例如，音乐数据传送服务器SV1的地址)，以便促进相关音乐数据的销售。在这种情况下，正在广播信息屏幕300可以显示直接链接到购买网页的链接按钮。这使得购买相关音乐数据的方式更为简便。Furthermore, in the third embodiment, when the relevant music data does not exist on thehard disk drive 211, theclient terminal 2 simply stops displaying theinstruction button 301. But the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, theclient terminal 2 may display the network address of a purchase web page (for example, the address of the music data delivery server SV1) where related music data can be purchased on the now broadcastinginformation screen 300, so as to promote sales of the related music data. In this case, the on-broadcast information screen 300 may display a link button directly linked to a purchase web page. This makes it easier to purchase related music data.
另外，在第三实施例中，客户机终端2利用包括与无线电节目中广播的音乐(广播内容)相关的内容相关信息(例如，音乐标题、艺术家姓名、类型)的正在广播信息，从硬盘驱动器211中检索与音乐相对应的音乐数据。但是本发明不仅限于此。客户机终端2可以从预定服务器接收包括与诸如在电视或因特网上广播的音乐或视频数据之类的广播内容相关的内容相关信息的信息，然后从硬盘驱动器211中检索与广播内容相对应的内容数据。以这种方式，广播内容不仅限于无线电广播。In addition, in the third embodiment, theclient terminal 2 uses the now-broadcasting information including content-related information (for example, music title, artist name, genre) related to music (broadcast content) broadcast in a radio program, from the hard disk drive. In 211, the music data corresponding to the music is retrieved. But the present invention is not limited thereto. Theclient terminal 2 may receive information including content-related information related to broadcast content such as music or video data broadcast on television or the Internet from a predetermined server, and then retrieve content corresponding to the broadcast content from thehard disk drive 211. data. In this way, broadcast content is not limited to radio broadcasts.
此外，在第三实施例中，重放屏幕310的标题列表显示区域313列出已经存储在同样也记录相关音乐数据的专辑和硬盘驱动器211两者中的音乐数据的标题。但是本发明不仅限于此。例如，客户机终端2可以从硬盘驱动器211上检索与相关音乐数据的艺术家相同的音乐数据，然后列出其标题。以这种方式，在不同的情形下，标题列表显示区域313不仅能够显示属于与相关音乐数据相同的专辑的音乐数据，而且能够显示相同艺术家的音乐数据等。Furthermore, in the third embodiment, the titlelist display area 313 of theplayback screen 310 lists titles of music data that have been stored both in albums andhard disk drive 211 that also record related music data. But the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, theclient terminal 2 may retrieve from thehard disk drive 211 music data of the same artist as the associated music data, and then list its titles. In this way, in various situations, the titlelist display area 313 can display not only music data belonging to the same album as the related music data but also music data of the same artist and the like.
另外，在第三实施例中，将硬盘驱动器211用作存储介质。但是本发明不仅限于此。也可以应用其它存储介质，例如CD-RW(可重写致密盘)、DVD-RD(数字通用盘随机存取存储器)、以及“记忆棒(索尼公司的注册商标)”。In addition, in the third embodiment, ahard disk drive 211 is used as a storage medium. But the present invention is not limited thereto. Other storage media such as CD-RW (Compact Disc Rewritable), DVD-RD (Digital Versatile Disk Random Access Memory), and "Memory Stick (registered trademark of Sony Corporation)" can also be applied.
另外，在第三实施例中，将无线电广播作为客户机终端2能够接收的广播。但是本发明不仅限于此。客户机终端2能够接收因特网广播或卫星广播，并且获取相关联的信息(无线电广播信息)。可替代地，客户机终端2可以从电视台接收电视广播，并且从网络NT上的服务器获取与电视节目相关联的各种广播信息。In addition, in the third embodiment, radio broadcasting is set as broadcasting that theclient terminal 2 can receive. But the present invention is not limited thereto. Theclient terminal 2 is capable of receiving Internet broadcasts or satellite broadcasts, and acquires associated information (radio broadcast information). Alternatively, theclient terminal 2 may receive television broadcasts from television stations, and acquire various broadcast information associated with television programs from servers on the network NT.
此外，在第三实施例中，客户机终端2配置有硬件电路块、功能电路块、以及程序模块。但是本发明不仅限于此。它们不仅可以组合到客户机终端2，而且也能够组合到例如移动电话和个人计算机的其它类型的终端。装备有硬件电路块、功能电路块、以及程序模块的这些终端能够以与上述客户机终端2相同的方式工作。Furthermore, in the third embodiment, theclient terminal 2 is configured with hardware circuit blocks, functional circuit blocks, and program modules. But the present invention is not limited thereto. They can be combined not only to theclient terminal 2 but also to other types of terminals such as mobile phones and personal computers. These terminals equipped with hardware circuit blocks, functional circuit blocks, and program modules can operate in the same manner as theclient terminal 2 described above.
另外，在第三实施例中，将图2所示的广播信号接收部分30和调谐器部分31、或者图14所示的天线212或调谐器213用作广播接收部件。将图2所述的音频处理部分26和扬声器27、或者图14所示的音频处理部分209和扬声器210用作广播内容重放输出部件和内容数据重放输出部件。将图2所示的通信控制部分32和网络接口33、或者如图14所示的通信处理部分214和网络接口215用作通信部件。将图2所示的控制部分23或图14所示的CPU 203用作检索部件和控制部件。将图2所示的显示控制部分24和显示部分25、或者图14所示的显示处理部分207和显示器206用作显示部件。通过这种方式将客户机终端2配置为信息处理装置。但是本发明不仅限于此。如果以相同的方式工作，客户机终端2也可以配置其它类型的功能电路块。In addition, in the third embodiment, the broadcastsignal receiving section 30 and thetuner section 31 shown in FIG. 2, or theantenna 212 or thetuner 213 shown in FIG. 14 are used as broadcast receiving means. Theaudio processing section 26 and thespeaker 27 described in FIG. 2, or theaudio processing section 209 and thespeaker 210 shown in FIG. 14 are used as broadcast content playback output means and content data playback output means. Thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 shown in FIG. 2, or thecommunication processing section 214 and thenetwork interface 215 shown in FIG. 14 are used as communication means. Thecontrol section 23 shown in FIG. 2 or theCPU 203 shown in FIG. 14 is used as the retrieval means and the control means. Thedisplay control section 24 and thedisplay section 25 shown in FIG. 2, or thedisplay processing section 207 and thedisplay 206 shown in FIG. 14 are used as display means. In this way, theclient terminal 2 is configured as an information processing device. But the present invention is not limited thereto. If operated in the same manner, theclient terminal 2 can also be configured with other types of functional circuit blocks.
(4)第四实施例(4) The fourth embodiment
下面将描述第四实施例。根据第四实施例的系统、客户机终端、以及服务器的结构与第一实施例的相同。因此省略其详细描述。A fourth embodiment will be described below. The configurations of the system, client terminal, and server according to the fourth embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment. A detailed description thereof is therefore omitted.
在第四实施例中，客户机终端2配置有音乐数据自动重放功能：使用从存储在硬盘驱动器211中的音乐数据的属性信息所检测的期望关键字，从硬盘驱动器211检索与所接收的页信息相关联的音乐数据，并且重放该音乐数据。下面将描述音乐数据自动重放功能。In the fourth embodiment, theclient terminal 2 is equipped with a music data automatic playback function: using the desired keyword detected from the attribute information of the music data stored in thehard disk drive 211, retrieval and received from thehard disk drive 211 music data associated with the page information, and play back the music data. The music data automatic playback function will be described below.
(4-1)音乐数据自动重放功能(4-1) Music data automatic playback function
音乐数据自动重放功能是，在根据从每一个服务器SV1至SV3接收的页信息在显示器206上显示网页的同时，从硬盘驱动器211中检索与该网页相关的音乐数据并且重放音乐数据。The music data automatic playback function is to retrieve music data related to the web page from thehard disk drive 211 and play back the music data while displaying the web page on thedisplay 206 based on the page information received from each server SV1 to SV3.
在本实施例中将描述下面所述的情形：在客户机终端2根据从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收的页信息显示用于传送音乐数据的网页(也称作“音乐数据传送页”)的同时，客户机终端2自动重放音乐数据。In this embodiment, a situation will be described in which theclient terminal 2 displays a web page for transferring music data (also referred to as a "music data transfer page") based on page information received from the music data transfer server SV1. , theclient terminal 2 automatically plays back the music data.
此外，音乐数据传送服务器SV1已经公开了如图42所示的音乐数据传送页，其中放置了多个图标IC(IC11至IC16)，以便于用户选择他/她期望下载的音乐数据。音乐数据传送服务器SV1将音乐数据传送页的页信息发送给客户机终端2。Furthermore, the music data delivery server SV1 has disclosed a music data delivery page as shown in FIG. 42, in which a plurality of icons IC (IC11 toIC16 ) are placed so that the user can select the music data he/she desires to download. The music data delivery server SV1 transmits the page information of the music data delivery page to theclient terminal 2 .
下面将详细描述音乐数据自动重放功能的处理(也称作“音乐数据自动重放处理”)。The processing of the music data automatic playback function (also referred to as "music data automatic playback processing") will be described in detail below.
如图43所示，该音乐数据自动重放处理是客户机终端2和音乐数据传送服务器SV1之间的处理序列，并且由客户机终端2的CPU 203和音乐数据传送服务器SV1的CPU 270执行。As shown in FIG. 43, this music data automatic playback process is a processing sequence between theclient terminal 2 and the music data delivery server SV1, and is executed by theCPU 203 of theclient terminal 2 and theCPU 270 of the music data delivery server SV1.
在该音乐数据自动重放处理中，客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1获取页信息。但是，这一点已经在上面进行了描述。因此，在此省略有关获取和验证方法的描述。In this music data automatic playback process, theclient terminal 2 acquires page information from the music data delivery server SV1. However, this has been described above. Therefore, descriptions about acquisition and verification methods are omitted here.
当接通客户机终端2时，客户机终端2开始音乐数据自动重放处理，然后前进到步骤SP300。When theclient terminal 2 is turned on, theclient terminal 2 starts the music data automatic playback process, and then proceeds to step SP300.
在步骤SP300，客户机终端2生成作为检索关键字用于从硬盘驱动器211中检索音乐数据以便自动重放的关键字的列表(该列表也称作“关键字列表”)。In step SP300, theclient terminal 2 generates a list of keywords as retrieval keys for retrieving music data from thehard disk drive 211 for automatic playback (this list is also referred to as a "keyword list").
在这种情况下，客户机终端2生成包括上述属性信息管理表TB1的属性信息的关键字列表。In this case, theclient terminal 2 generates a keyword list including the attribute information of the above-mentioned attribute information management table TB1.
顺便提及的是，如果将所有的存储在属性信息管理表TB1中的属性信息用作关键字，则其数量可能达到数千个。Incidentally, if all the attribute information stored in the attribute information management table TB1 are used as keys, their number may reach several thousands.
因此，客户机终端在显示器206上显示如图44所示的关键字列表生成屏幕400。关键字列表生成屏幕400允许用户从属性信息中选择他/她期望的条目(比如，专辑标题、艺术家姓名、类型、音乐标题等等)登记为关键字。结果，将所选择的条目的属性信息登记为关键字。Accordingly, the client terminal displays a keyword list generation screen 400 as shown in FIG. 44 on thedisplay 206 . The keyword list generation screen 400 allows the user to select his/her desired item (eg, album title, artist name, genre, music title, etc.) from attribute information to register as a keyword. As a result, attribute information of the selected item is registered as a keyword.
例如，当在选择条目“艺术家姓名”和“类型”之后按下关键字列表生成屏幕400上的生成按钮401时，客户机终端2从存储在属性信息管理表TB1中的属性信息提取艺术家姓名和类型，并且生成包括它们作为关键字的关键字列表KL(图45)，然后在硬盘驱动器211中存储关键字列表KL。For example, when the generate button 401 on the keyword list generating screen 400 is pressed after selecting the items "artist name" and "genre", theclient terminal 2 extracts the artist name and the attribute information stored in the attribute information management table TB1. types, and generate a keyword list KL (FIG. 45) including them as keywords, and then store the keyword list KL in thehard disk drive 211.
相应地，在这种情况下，例如如图45所示，关键字列表KL包括诸如“TWEEN”、“D’z”等的艺术家姓名、以及“Rock”、“Love Songs”等的类型之类的关键字。Accordingly, in this case, for example, as shown in FIG. 45, the keyword list KL includes artist names such as "TWEEN", "D'z", etc., genres such as "Rock", "Love Songs", etc. keywords.
在生成关键字列表KL之后，客户机终端2前进到下一步骤SP301。After generating the keyword list KL, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to the next step SP301.
在步骤SP301，客户机终端2向音乐数据传送服务器SV1发送请求信号，以便请求页信息。In step SP301, theclient terminal 2 sends a request signal to the music data delivery server SV1 to request page information.
当音乐数据传送服务器SV1从客户机终端2收到请求信号时，音乐数据传送服务器SV1在步骤SP302从硬盘驱动器272读出音乐数据传送页的页信息，并且将其发送给客户机终端2。When the music data delivery server SV1 receives a request signal from theclient terminal 2, the music data delivery server SV1 reads out the page information of the music data delivery page from thehard disk drive 272 and sends it to theclient terminal 2 at step SP302.
当客户机终端2从音乐数据传送服务器SV1收到页信息时，客户机终端2在步骤SP303根据该页信息在显示器206上显示音乐数据传送页，并且还从页信息中检测关键字列表KL中所列出的关键字。When theclient terminal 2 receives the page information from the music data delivery server SV1, theclient terminal 2 displays the music data delivery page on thedisplay 206 based on the page information in step SP303, and also detects the key words in the keyword list KL from the page information. The keywords listed.
实际上，如图46所示，该页信息包含与显示在音乐数据传送页上的多个图标IC(IC11至IC16)相对应的描述部分WP(WP11至WP16)。Actually, as shown in FIG. 46, the page information contains description parts WP (WP11 to WP16 ) corresponding to a plurality of icons IC (IC11 to IC16 ) displayed on the music data transfer page.
描述部分WP(WP11至WP16)包括为每一个专辑或每一个音轨设置的信息。当是为每一个专辑设置的时，该信息包括专辑的标题、艺术家姓名、以及类型。当是为每一个音轨设置的时，该信息包括音轨的标题、艺术家姓名、类型。顺便提及的是，描述部分wP也称作“标签”。The description part WP (WP11 to WP16 ) includes information set for each album or each track. When set for each album, the information includes the album's title, artist name, and genre. When set for each track, this information includes the track's title, artist name, genre. Incidentally, the description part wP is also called "label".
也就是说，描述部分WP(WP11至WP16)包括当选择相应的图标IC(IC11至lC16)时能够下载的音乐数据的识别信息。客户机终端2从写入描述部分WP(WP11至WP16)的识别信息中检测关键字列表KL中所列出的关键字。That is, the description part WP (WP11 to WP16 ) includes identification information of music data that can be downloaded when the corresponding icon IC (IC11 to IC16 ) is selected. Theclient terminal 2 detects the keywords listed in the keyword list KL from the identification information written in the description part WP (WP11 toWP16 ).
例如，当客户机终端2从描述部分WP12上的识别信息检测关键字“TWEEN”和“ROCK”、以及从描述部分WP16上的识别信息检测关键字“Love Song”时，客户机终端2将所检测的关键字与相应于描述部分WP(WP12和WP16)的图标IC(IC12和IC16)相关联，并且临时存储在RAM 205中，然后前进到下一步骤SP304。For example, when theclient terminal 2 detects the keywords "TWEEN" and "ROCK" from the identification information on the description partWP12 , and the keyword "Love Song" from the identification information on the description partWP16 , theclient terminal 2 The detected keyword is associated with the icon IC (IC12 and IC16 ) corresponding to the description part WP (WP12 and WP16 ), and temporarily stored in theRAM 205, and then proceeds to the next step SP304.
在步骤SP304，客户机终端2设置下面所述的关键字作为检索关键字：在步骤SP303中检测的关键字“TWEEN”、“ROCK”和“Love Song”。客户机终端2从硬盘驱动器211检索其属性信息包括关键字“TWEEN”、“ROCK”或“Love Song”的音乐数据，然后前进到步骤SP305。In step SP304, theclient terminal 2 sets the following keywords as retrieval keywords: the keywords "TWEEN", "ROCK" and "Love Song" detected in step SP303. Theclient terminal 2 retrieves music data whose attribute information includes the keywords "TWEEN", "ROCK", or "Love Song" from thehard disk drive 211, and then proceeds to step SP305.
在步骤SP305，客户机终端2重放在步骤SP304检索的音乐数据，并且如图47所示在音乐数据传送页的边缘显示与当前正在重放的音乐相对应的音轨的标题和艺术家姓名，然后前进到步骤SP306。In step SP305, theclient terminal 2 reproduces the music data retrieved in step SP304, and displays, as shown in FIG. Then proceed to step SP306.
如果客户机终端2检索到了多个音乐数据，则客户机终端2随机地或者按照检索顺序重放这些音乐数据。如果客户机终端2多个音乐数据并且所有这些音乐数据都存储在一个专辑中，则客户机终端2按照音轨序号的顺序重放这些音乐数据。If theclient terminal 2 retrieves a plurality of music data, theclient terminal 2 plays back the music data randomly or in the order of retrieval. If theclient terminal 2 has a plurality of music data and all of these music data are stored in one album, theclient terminal 2 plays back the music data in order of track numbers.
在步骤SP306，客户机终端2确定是否已经通过操作输入部分200由光标(未示出)等选择了音乐数据传送页上的一个图标IC(IC11至IC16)。At step SP306, theclient terminal 2 determines whether or not one of the icons IC (IC11 to IC16 ) on the music data transfer page has been selected by a cursor (not shown) or the like by operating theinput section 200 .
如果在步骤SP306获得否定的结果，则客户机终端2返回到步骤SP305，并且在步骤SP305继续重放音乐数据。If a negative result is obtained at step SP306, theclient terminal 2 returns to step SP305, and continues to play back music data at step SP305.
如果在步骤SP306获得肯定的结果，则意味着用户已经通过光标等选择了例如图标IC12，或者意味着用户通过按下图标IC12表示他/她对可下载的音乐数据感兴趣。在这种情况下，客户机终端2前进到步骤SP307。If an affirmative result is obtained at step SP306, it means that the user has selected, for example, the icon IC12 by the cursor or the like, or means that the user has expressed his/her interest in downloadable music data by pressing the icon IC12 . In this case, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP307.
在步骤SP307，客户机终端2检查与聚焦的图标IC(在这种情况下为图标IC12)相关联的关键字是否已经存储在RAM 205中。In step SP307, theclient terminal 2 checks whether a keyword associated with the focused icon IC (icon IC12 in this case) is already stored in theRAM 205.
如果获得否定的结果，则客户机终端2返回到步骤SP305，继续在步骤SP305重放音乐数据。If a negative result is obtained, theclient terminal 2 returns to step SP305 to continue playing back the music data at step SP305.
如果在步骤SP307获得肯定的结果，则意味着与聚焦的图标IC12相关联的关键字(“TWEEN”和“ROCK”)已经存储在RAM 205中。在这种情况下，客户机终端2前进到步骤SP308，并且设置关键字“TWEEN”和“ROCK”作为检索关键字从硬盘驱动器211中检索其属性信息包含“TWEEN”和“ROCK”这两个关键字的音乐数据，然后例如随机地重放音乐数据。If an affirmative result is obtained at step SP307, it means that the keywords (“TWEEN” and “ROCK”) associated with the focused icon IC12 have already been stored in theRAM 205 . In this case, theclient terminal 2 proceeds to step SP308, and sets the keywords "TWEEN" and "ROCK" as retrieval keywords to retrieve from thehard disk drive 211 its attribute information containing the two words "TWEEN" and "ROCK". The music data of the keyword is then played back, for example, at random.
通过这种方式，在显示音乐数据传送页的同时，客户机终端2从硬盘驱动器211检索与通过音乐数据传送页能够下载的音乐数据相关联的音乐数据，然后自动重放这些音乐数据。这使得用户能够欣赏与音乐数据传送页相关并且已经记录在客户机终端2上的音乐数据，而无需强迫用户进行烦琐的操作。以这种方式，用户能够容易地知道已经记录了哪些音乐数据。In this way, while displaying the music data transfer page, theclient terminal 2 retrieves from thehard disk drive 211 music data associated with music data downloadable through the music data transfer page, and then automatically plays back the music data. This enables the user to enjoy music data related to the music data transfer page and already recorded on theclient terminal 2 without forcing the user to perform cumbersome operations. In this way, the user can easily know what music data has been recorded.
(4-2)第四实施例的操作和效果(4-2) Operation and effect of the fourth embodiment
具有上述结构的客户机终端2根据存储在硬盘驱动器211中的音乐数据的属性信息生成关键字列表KL。当客户机终端2收到页信息时，客户机终端2根据该页信息在显示器206上显示音乐数据传送页，并且从页信息中检测与关键字列表KL中的关键字相匹配的关键字。Theclient terminal 2 having the above structure generates the keyword list KL based on the attribute information of the music data stored in thehard disk drive 211 . When theclient terminal 2 receives the page information, theclient terminal 2 displays the music data delivery page on thedisplay 206 based on the page information, and detects keywords matching keywords in the keyword list KL from the page information.
然后客户机终端2从硬盘驱动器211检索与所检测的关键字相对应的音乐数据，然后重放作为检索结果所获得的音乐数据。Theclient terminal 2 then retrieves music data corresponding to the detected keyword from thehard disk drive 211, and then plays back the music data obtained as a result of the retrieval.
通过这种方式，在显示基于所接收的页信息的音乐数据传送页的同时，客户机终端2允许用户基于所存储的音乐数据欣赏与音乐数据传送页相关联的音乐。In this way, theclient terminal 2 allows the user to enjoy music associated with the music data transfer page based on the stored music data while displaying the music data transfer page based on the received page information.
此外，客户机终端2在音乐数据传送页的预定区域上显示当前正在播放的音乐数据的音乐标题及其艺术家姓名等。这使得用户能够知道当前重放何种音乐数据。In addition, theclient terminal 2 displays the music title of the currently playing music data, its artist name, and the like on a predetermined area of the music data transfer page. This enables the user to know what kind of music data is currently being played back.
另外，如果客户机终端2检测到多个关键字，则客户机终端2在RAM205中记忆从中检测到关键字的音乐数据传送页的位置(例如图标IC)。Also, if theclient terminal 2 detects a plurality of keywords, theclient terminal 2 memorizes, in theRAM 205, the location (eg, icon IC) of the music data transfer page from which the keyword was detected.
然后，当部分音乐数据传送页(例如图标IC12)通过用户的操作聚焦时，客户机终端2重放与从图标IC12检测的关键字相对应的音乐数据。Then, theclient terminal 2 plays back the music data corresponding to the keyword detected from the icon IC12 when a part of the music data transfer page (for example, the icon IC 12) is focused by the user's operation.
以这种方式，当用户对部分音乐数据传送页感兴趣时，客户机终端2允许用户根据所存储的音乐数据欣赏与该部分相关联的音乐。In this way, when the user is interested in a part of the music data transfer page, theclient terminal 2 allows the user to enjoy the music associated with the part based on the stored music data.
上述结构使得下面所述成为可能：客户机终端2从硬盘驱动器211检索与从所接收的页信息检测的关键字相对应的音乐数据，并且向用户表示与包括在所接收的页信息中的关键字相对应的音乐数据是否已经存储在硬盘驱动器211中。由此，用户能够容易地知道客户机终端2已经记录了哪些音乐数据。The above-described structure makes it possible for theclient terminal 2 to retrieve from thehard disk drive 211 music data corresponding to keywords detected from the received page information, and to indicate to the user the music data corresponding to the keywords included in the received page information. Whether the music data corresponding to the word has been stored in thehard disk drive 211. Thereby, the user can easily know which music data theclient terminal 2 has recorded.
此外，在第四实施例中，客户机终端2从硬盘驱动器211检索其属性信息包括关键字的音乐数据。当存在相关音乐数据时，客户机终端2重放音乐数据。因此，用户能够根据所存储的音乐数据欣赏与页信息相关联的音乐。以这种方式，通过重放音乐数据，客户机终端2使用户知道哪些音乐数据已经记录在客户机终端2上。Furthermore, in the fourth embodiment, theclient terminal 2 retrieves from thehard disk drive 211 music data whose attribute information includes keywords. When relevant music data exists, theclient terminal 2 plays back the music data. Therefore, the user can enjoy the music associated with the page information based on the stored music data. In this way, theclient terminal 2 lets the user know which music data has been recorded on theclient terminal 2 by playing back the music data.
另外，客户机终端2根据从所接收的页信息检测的关键字，从硬盘驱动器211检索音乐数据，然后重放音乐数据。因此，即使所接收的页信息仅由字符或图像构成，客户机终端2也能够从所记录的音乐数据中重放与该网页相关联的音乐数据，以便使用户欣赏该音乐。相应地，当显示网页时，客户机终端2不下载该音乐数据。客户机终端2还提供不仅包括字符和图像而且还包括音频的迷人网页。这能够使用户娱乐。In addition, theclient terminal 2 retrieves the music data from thehard disk drive 211 based on the keyword detected from the received page information, and then plays back the music data. Therefore, even if the received page information consists of only characters or images, theclient terminal 2 can play back the music data associated with the web page from the recorded music data so that the user can enjoy the music. Accordingly, theclient terminal 2 does not download the music data when the web page is displayed. Theclient terminal 2 also provides attractive web pages including not only characters and images but also audio. This can entertain the user.
此外，在客户机终端2上，用户能够选择登记为关键字的属性信息。例如，如果将属性信息中的音乐标题登记为关键字，则在显示音乐数据传送页的同时，客户机终端2从能够通过音乐数据传送页下载的音乐数据中检索其标题与关键字相匹配的音乐数据。以这种方式，客户机终端2防止用户错误地购买他/她已经拥有的音乐数据。Furthermore, on theclient terminal 2, the user can select attribute information registered as a keyword. For example, if a music title in the attribute information is registered as a keyword, then while displaying the music data delivery page, theclient terminal 2 retrieves the music data whose title matches the keyword from the music data that can be downloaded through the music data delivery page. music data. In this way, theclient terminal 2 prevents the user from mistakenly purchasing music data he/she already owns.
顺便提及的是，在第四实施例中，客户机终端2接收页信息作为包括等价于内容相关信息的关键字的信息，并且从页信息检测也包括在等价于相关信息列表的关键字列表KL中的关键字，然后从硬盘驱动器211读出与所检测的关键字相对应的音乐数据以便自动重放。但是本发明不仅限于此。例如，如图48所示，客户机终端2可以靠近其关键字已经检测到的图标IC12和IC16，显示重放按钮PB12和PB16。当按下重放按钮PB12和PB16时，客户机终端2能够重放相应的音乐数据。Incidentally, in the fourth embodiment, theclient terminal 2 receives page information as information including keywords equivalent to content-related information, and detects keys also included in the list equivalent to related information from the page information. keywords in the word list KL, and then read out the music data corresponding to the detected keywords from thehard disk drive 211 for automatic playback. But the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, as shown in FIG. 48 , theclient terminal 2 may display playback buttons PB12 and PB16 next to the icons IC12 and IC16 whose keywords have been detected. When the playback buttonsPB12 andPB16 are pressed, theclient terminal 2 can play back the corresponding music data.
相应地，客户机终端2使用户能够容易地检查音乐数据传送页的哪部分(例如图标IC)与所记录的音乐数据相关联。替代靠近图标IC12和IC16显示重放按钮PB12和PB16，可以高亮显示图标IC12和IC16，使用户知道哪部分与记录的音乐数据相关联。Accordingly, theclient terminal 2 enables the user to easily check which part (such as the icon IC) of the music data transfer page is associated with the recorded music data. Instead of displaying the playback buttons PB12 and PB16 next to the icons IC12 and IC16 , the icons IC12 and IC16 can be highlighted to let the user know which part is associated with the recorded music data.
此外，在第四实施例中，将从存储在属性信息管理表TB1中的属性信息选择的条目登记为关键字。但是本发明不仅限于此。可以将存储在属性信息管理表TB1中的属性信息的所有条目登记为关键字。可选择地，可以将从外部获得的信息登记为关键字。也可以将用户输入的字符登记为关键字。Furthermore, in the fourth embodiment, entries selected from attribute information stored in the attribute information management table TB1 are registered as keywords. But the present invention is not limited thereto. All items of attribute information stored in the attribute information management table TB1 can be registered as keywords. Alternatively, information obtained from the outside may be registered as a keyword. Characters input by the user may also be registered as keywords.
另外，在第四实施例中，客户机终端2从等价于外部设备的音乐数据传送服务器SV1所公开的音乐数据传送页中检测关键字，并且从硬盘驱动器211中找出与关键字相匹配的音乐数据进行重放。但是本发明不仅限于此。客户机终端2可以从等价于外部设备的产品销售服务器所公开的销售封装媒体的网页(也称作“封装媒体销售网页”)检测关键字，并且从硬盘驱动器211中找出与关键字相匹配的音乐数据进行重放。可选择地，从除音乐数据传送页和封装媒体销售网页之外的网页，客户机终端2可以从网页的页信息检测关键字，并且重放与关键字相匹配的音乐数据。相应地，当客户机终端2例如显示有关“love song”的网页时，客户机终端2从硬盘驱动器211中自动检索其类型是“love song”的音乐数据进行重放。以这种方式，客户机终端2向用户提供与网页相关联的BGM(Back Ground Music，背景音乐)。In addition, in the fourth embodiment, theclient terminal 2 detects a keyword from a music data delivery page disclosed by the music data delivery server SV1 equivalent to an external device, and finds a key word matching the keyword from thehard disk drive 211. music data to be played back. But the present invention is not limited thereto. Theclient terminal 2 can detect a keyword from a web page for selling packaged media (also referred to as a "packaged media sales web page") disclosed by a product sales server equivalent to an external device, and find out a keyword related to the keyword from thehard disk drive 211. The matched music data is played back. Alternatively, from a web page other than the music data delivery page and package media sales web page, theclient terminal 2 may detect a keyword from page information of the web page, and play back music data matching the keyword. Correspondingly, when theclient terminal 2, for example, displays a web page related to "love song", theclient terminal 2 automatically retrieves music data whose type is "love song" from thehard disk drive 211 for playback. In this way, theclient terminal 2 provides the user with BGM (Back Ground Music) associated with the web page.
在这种情况下，客户机终端2仅仅从其硬盘驱动器211重放音乐数据。这防止了侵犯版权等。In this case, theclient terminal 2 plays back music data only from itshard disk drive 211 . This prevents copyright infringement and the like.
此外，在第四实施例中，客户机终端2接收构成音乐数据传送页的页信息，并且从页信息中检测关键字。但是本发明不仅限于此。客户机终端2可以从音乐数据传送服务器SV1接收作为可下载音乐数据的列表的列表信息，并且从列表信息中检测关键字。客户机终端2可以从产品销售服务器SV2接收作为用户能够购买的封装媒体的列表的列表信息，并且从该列表信息中检测关键字。以这种方式，客户机终端2能够从各种信息中检测关键字。Furthermore, in the fourth embodiment, theclient terminal 2 receives page information constituting a music data transfer page, and detects a keyword from the page information. But the present invention is not limited thereto. Theclient terminal 2 may receive list information as a list of downloadable music data from the music data delivery server SV1, and detect keywords from the list information. Theclient terminal 2 may receive list information that is a list of packaged media that the user can purchase from the product sales server SV2, and detect keywords from the list information. In this way, theclient terminal 2 can detect keywords from various information.
另外，在第四实施例中，客户机终端2从硬盘驱动器211检索其属性信息与关键字列表KL中的关键字相匹配的音乐数据。但是本发明不仅限于此。如果音乐数据的属性信息与关键字不完全匹配，而是仅仅一部分属性信息与关键字相匹配，则也可以检索该音乐数据(所谓的模糊检索)。Also, in the fourth embodiment, theclient terminal 2 retrieves from thehard disk drive 211 music data whose attribute information matches keywords in the keyword list KL. But the present invention is not limited thereto. If the attribute information of the music data does not completely match the keyword, but only a part of the attribute information matches the keyword, the music data can also be retrieved (so-called fuzzy retrieval).
此外，在第四实施例中，客户机终端2重放与关键字相匹配的音乐数据。但是本发明不仅限于此。例如，客户机终端2可以使用关键字从硬盘驱动器211上检索图像数据，然后重放所检索的图像数据。以这种方式，客户机终端2能够重放各种内容数据。Furthermore, in the fourth embodiment, theclient terminal 2 plays back the music data that matches the keyword. But the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, theclient terminal 2 can retrieve image data from thehard disk drive 211 using a keyword, and then play back the retrieved image data. In this way, theclient terminal 2 can play back various content data.
另外，在第四实施例中，按照检索顺序、随机地、或者按照音轨序号，重放从硬盘驱动器211中检索的音乐数据。但是本发明不仅限于此。音乐数据可以按照各种顺序重放，例如按照音乐数据的记录时间、按照重放次数的顺序等等。此外，当以这种方式重放音乐数据时，客户机终端2可以重放音乐数据的前数十秒，而替代重放整个音乐数据。Also, in the fourth embodiment, the music data retrieved from thehard disk drive 211 is played back in the retrieval order, randomly, or in accordance with the track number. But the present invention is not limited thereto. The music data can be played back in various orders, such as in order of recording time of the music data, in order of the number of times of playback, and the like. Furthermore, when playing back the music data in this way, theclient terminal 2 can play back the first tens of seconds of the music data instead of playing back the entire music data.
此外，在第四实施例中，将硬盘驱动器211用作存储介质。但是本发明不仅限于此。也可以应用各种存储介质，比如CD-RW(可重写致密盘)、DVD-RD(数字通用盘随机存取存储器)、以及“记忆棒(索尼公司的注册商标)”。Furthermore, in the fourth embodiment, ahard disk drive 211 is used as a storage medium. But the present invention is not limited thereto. Various storage media such as CD-RW (Compact Disc Rewritable), DVD-RD (Digital Versatile Disk Random Access Memory), and "Memory Stick (registered trademark of Sony Corporation)" can also be applied.
另外，在第四实施例中，将无线电广播作为客户机终端2能够接收的一种广播。但是本发明不仅限于此。客户机终端2能够接收因特网无线电广播或卫星无线电广播，并且获取相关联的信息(无线电广播信息)。可替代地，客户机终端2可以从电视台接收电视广播，并且从网络NT上的服务器获取与电视节目相关联的各种信息。In addition, in the fourth embodiment, radio broadcasting is taken as one broadcast that theclient terminal 2 can receive. But the present invention is not limited thereto. Theclient terminal 2 is capable of receiving Internet radio broadcasts or satellite radio broadcasts, and acquires associated information (radio broadcast information). Alternatively, theclient terminal 2 may receive television broadcasts from television stations, and acquire various information associated with television programs from servers on the network NT.
此外，在第四实施例中，将硬件电路块、功能电路块、以及程序模块应用于客户机终端2。但是本发明不仅限于此。它们也可以应用于与客户机终端2类似的其它类型的终端，例如移动电话和个人计算机。装备有硬件电路块、功能电路块、以及程序模块的这些终端能够以与上述客户机终端2相同的方式工作。Furthermore, in the fourth embodiment, hardware circuit blocks, functional circuit blocks, and program modules are applied to theclient terminal 2 . But the present invention is not limited thereto. They can also be applied to other types of terminals similar to theclient terminal 2, such as mobile phones and personal computers. These terminals equipped with hardware circuit blocks, functional circuit blocks, and program modules can operate in the same manner as theclient terminal 2 described above.
另外，在第四实施例中，将图2所示的通信控制部分32和网络接口33、或者如图14所示的通信处理部分214和网络接口215用作通信部件。将图2所示的存储介质29或图14所示的硬盘驱动器211用作存储介质。将图2所示的控制部分23或图14所示的CPU 203用作检测部件、检索部件、以及列表生成部件。将图2所示的音频控制部分26和扬声器29、或者图14所示的音频处理部分209和扬声器210用作重放部件。通过这种方式将客户机终端2配置为信息处理装置。但是本发明不仅限于此。如果以与上述客户机终端2相同的方式工作，客户机终端2也可以配置其它类型的功能电路块。In addition, in the fourth embodiment, thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 shown in FIG. 2 , or thecommunication processing section 214 and thenetwork interface 215 shown in FIG. 14 are used as communication means. Thestorage medium 29 shown in FIG. 2 or thehard disk drive 211 shown in FIG. 14 is used as the storage medium. Thecontrol section 23 shown in FIG. 2 or theCPU 203 shown in FIG. 14 is used as detection means, retrieval means, and list generation means. Theaudio control section 26 andspeaker 29 shown in FIG. 2, or theaudio processing section 209 andspeaker 210 shown in FIG. 14 are used as playback means. In this way, theclient terminal 2 is configured as an information processing device. But the present invention is not limited thereto. If functioning in the same manner as theclient terminal 2 described above, theclient terminal 2 may also be configured with other types of functional circuit blocks.
(5)第五实施例(5) fifth embodiment
下面将描述第五实施例。图49示出根据第五实施例使用功能电路块的信息处理装置1000的硬件结构。信息处理装置1000在记录介质1001上记录内容数据和与内容相关的内容相关信息，使得内容数据和内容相关信息彼此相互关联。记录在记录介质1001上的内容数据包括从音乐CD剥离的音乐数据和下载的音乐数据。内容相关信息包括音乐的标题、艺术家姓名、类型、存储音乐的专辑的标题、以及专辑ID。A fifth embodiment will be described below. FIG. 49 shows a hardware configuration of an information processing apparatus 1000 using functional circuit blocks according to the fifth embodiment. The information processing apparatus 1000 records content data and content-related information related to the content on therecording medium 1001 such that the content data and the content-related information are associated with each other. Content data recorded on therecording medium 1001 includes music data ripped from a music CD and downloaded music data. The content-related information includes the title of the music, the name of the artist, the genre, the title of the album in which the music is stored, and an album ID.
此外，信息处理装置1000通过通信部分1002从外部设备ED接收包括内容相关信息的信息，然后将所接收的信息提供给检索部分1003。检索部分1003根据包括在通信部分1002所接收的信息中的内容相关信息，从记录介质1001上检索与内容相关信息相对应的内容数据。从外部设备ED获取的信息包括例如诸如XML或HTML文件之类的页信息、以及正在广播信息。Furthermore, the information processing apparatus 1000 receives information including content-related information from the external device ED through thecommunication section 1002 , and then supplies the received information to theretrieval section 1003 . Theretrieval section 1003 retrieves content data corresponding to the content-related information from therecording medium 1001 based on the content-related information included in the information received by thecommunication section 1002 . Information acquired from the external device ED includes, for example, page information such as XML or HTML files, and on-broadcast information.
以这种方式，信息处理装置1000根据包括在从外部设备ED所接收的信息中的内容相关信息，从记录介质1001上检索与内容相关信息相对应的内容数据。因此，信息处理装置1000能够向用户表示记录介质1001中是否已经记录了与包括在所接收的信息中的内容相关信息相匹配的内容数据。由此，客户机终端2能够通知用户已经记录了哪些内容数据。In this way, the information processing apparatus 1000 retrieves content data corresponding to the content-related information from therecording medium 1001 based on the content-related information included in the information received from the external device ED. Accordingly, the information processing apparatus 1000 can indicate to the user whether or not content data matching the content-related information included in the received information has been recorded in therecording medium 1001 . Thereby, theclient terminal 2 can notify the user which content data has been recorded.
此外，在从记录介质1001中检索内容数据之后，信息处理装置1000可以根据检索结果更新所接收的信息。在这种情况下，如图50所示(图50的部件与图49的相应部件用相同的附图标记和标志表示)，信息处理装置1000A通过通信部分1002从外部设备ED接收包括内容识别信息的信息，并且将所接收的信息提供给提取部分1010。内容识别信息例如是内容相关信息的一部分，并且用于识别内容。内容识别信息包括与音乐数据相对应的音乐的标题、以及艺术家姓名。Furthermore, after retrieving content data from therecording medium 1001, the information processing apparatus 1000 can update the received information according to the retrieval result. In this case, as shown in FIG. 50 (components in FIG. 50 and corresponding components in FIG. 49 are denoted by the same reference numerals and signs), the information processing apparatus 1000A receives the information including content identification information from the external device ED through thecommunication section 1002. and provide the received information to theextraction part 1010. Content identification information is, for example, a part of content-related information, and is used to identify content. The content identification information includes the title of the music corresponding to the music data, and the name of the artist.
提取部分1010从通信部分1002所接收的信息中提取内容识别信息，然后将所提取的内容识别信息提供给检索部分1003。检索部分1003根据提取部分1010所提取的内容识别信息，从记录介质1001上检索与具有内容识别信息的内容相关信息相对应的内容数据，并且将检索结果提供给更新部分1011。更新部分1011根据检索部分1003的检索结果更新通信部分1002所接收的信息，然后将更新后的信息提供给显示部分1012显示该更新后的信息。Extraction section 1010 extracts content identification information from information received bycommunication section 1002 , and then supplies the extracted content identification information toretrieval section 1003 .Retrieval section 1003 retrieves content data corresponding to content-related information having content identification information from recording medium 1001 based on the content identification information extracted byextraction section 1010 and supplies the retrieval result to updatesection 1011 . Theupdate section 1011 updates the information received by thecommunication section 1002 according to the retrieval result of theretrieval section 1003, and then provides the updated information to thedisplay section 1012 to display the updated information.
通过这种方式，在检索内容数据之后，信息处理装置1000A根据检索结果更新所接收的信息。通过例如在显示部分1012上显示更新后的信息，客户机终端2能够清楚地向用户表示与包括在所接收的信息中的内容识别信息相匹配的内容数据是否已经记录在记录介质1001上。In this way, after retrieving the content data, the information processing apparatus 1000A updates the received information according to the retrieval result. By displaying the updated information on thedisplay section 1012, for example, theclient terminal 2 can clearly indicate to the user whether content data matching the content identification information included in the received information has been recorded on therecording medium 1001 or not.
此外，信息处理装置1000可以从外部设备ED接收包括与当前接收的广播内容相关联的内容相关信息，然后根据包括在所接收的信息中的内容相关信息从记录介质1001上检索与内容相关信息相对应的内容数据。在这种情况下，如图51所示(图51的部件与图49中的相应部件用相同的附图标记和标志表示)，信息处理装置1000B通过广播接收部分1020从广播电台BS接收广播内容，并且通过广播内容重放和输出部分1021重放所接收的广播内容。Furthermore, the information processing apparatus 1000 may receive from the external device ED including content-related information associated with currently received broadcast content, and then retrieve content-related information from therecording medium 1001 based on the content-related information included in the received information. corresponding content data. In this case, as shown in FIG. 51 (components in FIG. 51 are denoted by the same reference numerals and signs as corresponding components in FIG. , and the received broadcast content is played back through the broadcast content playback and output section 1021.
另外，信息处理装置1000B通过通信部分1002向外部设备ED发送请求信息，以便从外部设备ED请求包括与广播接收部分1020当前接收的广播内容相关联的内容相关信息的信息，并且通过通信部分1002接收外部设备ED响应该请求信息所发送的信息。从外部设备ED所获得的信息例如是正在广播信息等。将通信部分1002所接收的信息提供给检索部分1003。In addition, the information processing apparatus 1000B transmits request information to the external device ED through thecommunication section 1002 to request information including content-related information associated with the broadcast content currently received by the broadcast receiving section 1020 from the external device ED, and receives the information through thecommunication section 1002. The information sent by the external device ED in response to the request information. The information obtained from the external device ED is, for example, broadcasting information and the like. The information received by thecommunication section 1002 is supplied to theretrieval section 1003 .
检索部分1003根据包括在通信部分1002所接收的信息中的内容相关信息，从记录介质1001上检索与内容相关信息相对应的内容数据，然后将检索结果提供给显示部分1022。显示部分1022根据检索部分1003的检索结果至少显示一部分记录在记录介质1001上的内容相关信息。Theretrieval section 1003 retrieves content data corresponding to the content-related information from therecording medium 1001 based on the content-related information included in the information received by thecommunication section 1002 , and then supplies the retrieval result to the display section 1022 . The display section 1022 displays at least a part of content-related information recorded on therecording medium 1001 based on the retrieval result of theretrieval section 1003 .
以这种方式，信息处理装置1000B根据包括与当前接收的广播内容相关联的内容相关信息的信息，从记录介质1001中检索与包括在该信息中的内容相关信息相对应的内容数据。因此，信息处理装置1000B能够向用户表示与当前接收的广播内容相对应的内容数据是否已经记录在记录介质1001上。In this way, the information processing apparatus 1000B retrieves from therecording medium 1001 content data corresponding to the content-related information included in the information, based on the information including the content-related information associated with the currently received broadcast content. Therefore, the information processing apparatus 1000B is able to indicate to the user whether or not content data corresponding to the currently received broadcast content has been recorded on therecording medium 1001 .
此外，信息处理装置1000B可以装备控制部分1023，用于根据检索部分1003的检索结果，控制显示部分1022显示信息以通知用户与包括在所接收的信息中的内容相关信息相对应的内容数据是否已经记录在记录介质1001上。以这种方式，信息处理装置1000B能够通过显示部分1022清楚地通知用户与当前接收的广播内容相对应的内容数据是否已经记录在记录介质1001上。Furthermore, the information processing apparatus 1000B may be equipped with a control section 1023 for controlling the display section 1022 to display information to notify the user whether the content data corresponding to the content-related information included in the received information has been recorded on therecording medium 1001. In this way, the information processing apparatus 1000B can clearly notify the user through the display section 1022 whether or not the content data corresponding to the currently received broadcast content has been recorded on therecording medium 1001 .
另外，控制部分1023可以根据检索部分1003的检索结果并且根据与包括在所接收的信息中的内容相关信息相对应的内容数据是否已经记录在记录介质1001上，控制显示部分1022，使得以不同的方式显示用于重放内容数据的指示器。In addition, the control section 1023 may control the display section 1022 so that the display section 1022 is displayed in different mode to display an indicator for replaying content data.
此外，信息处理装置1000B可以装备内容数据重放和输出部分1024，用于重放和输出记录在记录介质1001上的内容数据。在这种情况下，响应显示在显示部分1022上的指示器的操作，控制部分1023在显示部分1022上显示与指示器相对应的内容数据已经记录在记录介质1001上的记录地址，并且通过内容数据重放和输出部分1024开始重放内容数据，然后命令广播内容重放和输出部分1021至少停止当前正在接收的广播内容的输出。Furthermore, the information processing apparatus 1000B may be equipped with a content data playback and output section 1024 for playback and output of content data recorded on therecording medium 1001 . In this case, in response to the operation of the pointer displayed on the display section 1022, the control section 1023 displays on the display section 1022 the recording address where the content data corresponding to the pointer has been recorded on therecording medium 1001, and passes the content The data playback and output section 1024 starts playback of content data, and then instructs the broadcast content playback and output section 1021 to stop at least the output of the broadcast content currently being received.
另外，信息处理装置1000可以从所接收的信息检测内容相关信息，并且当已经从记录介质1001上检索到与所检测的内容相关信息相对应的内容数据时，重放所检索到的内容数据。在这种情况下，如图52所示(图52的部件与图49的相应部件使用相同的附图标记和标志表示)，信息处理装置1000C通过通信部分1002从外部设备ED接收包括内容相关信息的信息，然后将所接收的信息提供给检测部分1030。In addition, the information processing apparatus 1000 may detect content-related information from received information, and when content data corresponding to the detected content-related information has been retrieved from therecording medium 1001, play back the retrieved content data. In this case, as shown in FIG. 52 (components in FIG. 52 are denoted by the same reference numerals and signs as corresponding components in FIG. 49 ), the information processing apparatus 1000C receives information including content-related information from the external device ED through thecommunication section 1002. information, and then provide the received information to thedetection part 1030.
检测部分1030从通信部分1002所接收的信息中检测内容相关信息，然后将所检测的内容相关信息提供给检索部分1003。检索部分1003根据检测部分1030所检测的内容相关信息，从记录介质1001上检索与内容相关信息相对应的内容数据，然后将检索结果提供给重放部分1031。Thedetection section 1030 detects content-related information from the information received by thecommunication section 1002 , and then supplies the detected content-related information to theretrieval section 1003 . Theretrieval section 1003 retrieves content data corresponding to the content-related information from therecording medium 1001 based on the content-related information detected by thedetection section 1030 , and then supplies the retrieval result to theplayback section 1031 .
当检索部分1003检索内容数据时，显示部分1031根据检索部分1003的检索结果，从记录介质1001中读出所检索的内容数据，以便重放内容数据。When theretrieval section 1003 retrieves the content data, thedisplay section 1031 reads out the retrieved content data from therecording medium 1001 based on the retrieval result of theretrieval section 1003 to play back the content data.
以这种方式，信息处理装置1000C从所接收的信息中检测内容相关信息，并且如果与内容相关信息相对应的内容数据已经记录在记录介质1001上，则重放内容数据。通过这种方式，信息处理装置1000C能够根据所记录的与接收的信息相关联的内容数据，向用户提供内容。In this way, information processing apparatus 1000C detects content-related information from received information, and if content data corresponding to the content-related information has already been recorded onrecording medium 1001 , plays back the content data. In this way, the information processing apparatus 1000C can provide content to the user based on the recorded content data associated with the received information.
此外，信息处理装置1000C可以装配列表生成部分1032，用于从记录介质1001检测内容相关信息，然后生成列出内容相关信息的相关信息列表。检测部分1030可以将通信部分1002所接收的信息与列表生成部分1032所生成的相关信息列表进行比较，以便从所述信息中检测内容相关信息。Furthermore, the information processing apparatus 1000C may be equipped with alist generating section 1032 for detecting content-related information from therecording medium 1001 and then generating a related information list listing the content-related information. Thedetection section 1030 may compare the information received by thecommunication section 1002 with the related information list generated by thelist generation section 1032 to detect content-related information from the information.
根据第五实施例的信息处理装置1000、1000A、1000B和1000C例如等价于图1和2所示的客户机终端2。外部设备ED例如等价于图1所示的门户服务器3和无线电广播信息传送服务器SV3。Information processing apparatuses 1000 , 1000A, 1000B, and 1000C according to the fifth embodiment are equivalent to, for example,client terminal 2 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 . The external device ED is equivalent to theportal server 3 and the radio information delivery server SV3 shown in FIG. 1, for example.
信息处理装置1000的记录介质1001例如等价于图2所示的客户机终端2的存储介质29。信息处理装置1000的通信部分1002例如等价于客户机终端2的通信控制部分32和网络接口33。信息处理装置1000的检索部分1003例如等价于客户机终端2的控制部分23。Therecording medium 1001 of the information processing apparatus 1000 is equivalent to, for example, thestorage medium 29 of theclient terminal 2 shown in FIG. 2 . Thecommunication section 1002 of the information processing apparatus 1000 is equivalent to thecommunication control section 32 and thenetwork interface 33 of theclient terminal 2, for example. Theretrieval section 1003 of the information processing apparatus 1000 is equivalent to thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2, for example.
此外，信息处理装置1000A的提取部分1010例如等价于客户机终端2的控制部分23。信息处理装置1000A的更新部分1011例如等价于客户机终端2的控制部分23和页信息生成部分36。信息处理装置1000A的显示部分1012例如等价于客户机终端2的显示控制部分24和显示部分25。Furthermore, theextraction section 1010 of the information processing apparatus 1000A is equivalent to thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2, for example. Theupdate section 1011 of the information processing apparatus 1000A is equivalent to thecontrol section 23 and the pageinformation generation section 36 of theclient terminal 2, for example. Thedisplay section 1012 of the information processing apparatus 1000A is equivalent to thedisplay control section 24 and thedisplay section 25 of theclient terminal 2, for example.
信息处理装置1000B的广播接收部分1020例如等价于客户机终端2的广播信号接收部分30和调谐器部分31。信息处理装置1000B的广播内容重放和输出部分1021以及内容数据重放和输出部分1024例如等价于客户机终端2的音频控制部分26和扬声器27。信息处理装置1000B的显示部分1022例如等价于客户机终端2的显示控制部分24和显示部分25。信息处理装置1000B的控制部分1023例如等价于客户机终端2的控制部分23。The broadcast receiving section 1020 of the information processing apparatus 1000B is equivalent to, for example, the broadcastsignal receiving section 30 and thetuner section 31 of theclient terminal 2 . The broadcast content playback and output section 1021 and the content data playback and output section 1024 of the information processing apparatus 1000B are equivalent to theaudio control section 26 and thespeaker 27 of theclient terminal 2, for example. The display section 1022 of the information processing apparatus 1000B is equivalent to thedisplay control section 24 and thedisplay section 25 of theclient terminal 2, for example. The control section 1023 of the information processing apparatus 1000B is equivalent to thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2, for example.
信息处理装置1000C的检测部分1030和列表生成部分1032例如等价于客户机终端2的控制部分23。信息处理装置1000C的显示部分1031例如等价于客户机终端2的音频控制部分26和扬声器27。Thedetection section 1030 and thelist generation section 1032 of the information processing apparatus 1000C are equivalent to thecontrol section 23 of theclient terminal 2, for example. Thedisplay section 1031 of the information processing apparatus 1000C is equivalent to theaudio control section 26 and thespeaker 27 of theclient terminal 2, for example.
顺便提及的是，在第五实施例中，将通信部分1002用作通信部件，将检索部分1003用作检索部件，将提取部分1010用作提取部件，将更新部分1011用作更新部件，将显示部分1012和1022用作显示部件，将广播接收部分1020用作广播接收部件，将广播内容重放和输出部分1021用作广播内容重放和输出部件，将控制部分1023用作控制部件，将内容数据重放和输出部分1024用作内容数据重放和输出部件，将检测部分1030用作检测部件，将重放部分1031用作重放部件，以及将列表生成部分1032用作列表生成部件。但是本发明不仅限于此。如果以相同的方式工作，该信息处理装置也可以装配其它类型的功能电路块。Incidentally, in the fifth embodiment, thecommunication section 1002 is used as the communication section, theretrieval section 1003 is used as the retrieval section, theextraction section 1010 is used as the extraction section, theupdate section 1011 is used as the update section, theThe display sections 1012 and 1022 serve as display means, the broadcast receiving section 1020 is used as a broadcast receiving section, the broadcast content playback and output section 1021 is used as a broadcast content playback and output section, the control section 1023 is used as a control section, and the broadcast content playback and output section 1021 is used as a control section. Content data playback and output section 1024 serves as content data playback and output means, usesdetection section 1030 as detection means, usesplayback section 1031 as playback means, and useslist generating section 1032 as list generating means. But the present invention is not limited thereto. The information processing device can also be equipped with other types of functional circuit blocks if it works in the same way.
